*FM 10-52-1

i

FM 10-52-1

i i

FM 10-52-1

Preface

PURPOSEThis manual describes water purification, storage, and distribution equipment and its use by TOEunits in their GS and DS roles. It also deals with water supply point operations. It includesinformation on quality control; ground and air reconnaissance; development of a water supply point;NBC and extreme environment operations; and purification, storage, and distribution operations.The appendixes provide additional detailed information on related subjects. Appendix A providescommonly used formulas. Appendix B provides a chart for computing chlorine residual percentages.Appendixes C, D, and E provide characteristics of major water purification, storage, and distributionequipment.

SCOPEThis manual is oriented toward tactical field operations and deals with the responsibilities ofmanagement and operator personnel. It can be used in conventional and nuclear warfare. However,do not cite this manual as an authority for requisitions. Base requisitions on TAs or TOEs.

USER INFORMATIONThe proponent of this publication is HQ TRADOC. Send comments and recommendations on aDA Form 2028 directly to:

CommanderUS Army Quartermaster Center and SchoolATTN: ATSM-DTLFort Lee, VA 23801-5036

INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTThis publication implements the following international agreement:

STANAG 2885, Procedures for the Treatment, Acceptability and Provision of Potable Water in theField, edition 3.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTMaterial in Chapter 1 dealing with wound and pleated cartridge filters is reprinted with permissionof Memtec America Corporation.

This publication contains copyrighted material.Unless this publication states otherwise, masculine nouns and pronouns do not refer exclusively to men.

iii

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 1

Water Treatment

Section IQUALITY

CHARACTERISTICSWater quality has two major areas of concern as itrelates to the daily operation of a water point. Thefirst is the quality of the raw water source and howit affects the operation of the water purificationequipment and use of treatment chemicals. Thesecond is the quality of the product water andsurveillance techniques used to guarantee itspotability.

The nature of the raw water source will dictatethe amount of water each purifier can produce.The total daily water requirement will indicate ifadditional water purification and storage equip-ment is needed to meet the demand. TB MED 577lists the maximum concentration allowed forvarious chemicals in raw water sources. Con-centrations above these limits eliminate a sourceas a potential water point for military operations.FM 10-52 describes in detail the effects and pos-sible origins of physical and chemical raw watercontaminates.

Chemical analyses and microbiologicalexaminations of raw and treated water arerequired on a routine basis at water point sites.Chemical tests are necessary to ensure correctoperation of the water purification equipment.Conduct chemical analyses during treatment toensure proper chemical dosages and that theproduct water is potable. Conduct microbiologicalexaminations after treatment to determinepotability of the water.

WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS UNITThe WQAU gives the water treatment operator theability to rapidly detect five water quality

parameters: temperature, pH, total dissolvedsolids, turbidity, and free available chlorine(chlorine residual).

The WQAU consists of an electronic analyticaldevice, an internal power source, basic spareparts, and the M272 Water Testing Kit-ChemicalAgent. The WQAU weighs less than 40 pounds,has a volume of less then 2 cubic feet, and requiresless than five minutes to measure the five separateparameters.

The WQAU can operate in geographical areaswhere air temperatures range from -28°F to 120°F.It is used primarily by water purification per-sonnel that operate DS and GS water purificationequipment. Water purification personnel use theunit during water point reconnaissance missionsto assess the suitability of raw water sources andduring water purification operations to assess thequality of finished water.

APPLICATIONThe following sections are summaries of theeffects the five physical and chemical character-istics of water have on the four treatmentprocesses Army water purification units use totreat water (coagulation and flocculation, fil-tration, reverse osmosis, and disinfection). Thewater treatment specialist must know how tomonitor for and respond to the presence or absenceof these characteristics if he is to properly operatewater purification, storage, and distributionequipment.

1-1

FM 10-52-1

Section IICOAGULATION AND FLOCCULATION

RAW WATER IMPURITIESImpurities present in raw water are in suspended,colloidal, and dissolved forms. These impuritiesare dissolved organic and inorganic substances,microscopic organisms, and various suspendedinorganic materials. You must destabilize andbring together (coagulate) the suspended and col-loidal material to form particles. Remove theseparticles by filtration. Colloidal material is themost difficult to remove from raw water. Processesthat remove colloids from water also removesuspensions.

PROPERTIES OF COLLOIDSSize and electrical charge are properties of col-loids. They are explained below.

SizeColloids have an extremely small size (approxi-mately 0.0001 to 1.0 microns) and a large surfacearea in relationship to their weight. Because ofthese factors, they do not readily settle out ofsolution.

Electrical ChargeMost colloids found in water show a negativecharge. Because like charged particles repel, col-loidal material will not join to form suspendedparticles unless the particles’ electrical charge isreduced or neutralized.

COAGULATION PRINCIPLESIn coagulation, a chemical (polymer) is fed to theraw water to neutralize and destabilize particlecharges on the colloids. Destabilized colloidalparticles adhere to each other. Because manycolloidal particles are present in the water, chargeneutralization among all particles requiresimmediate and even dispersion of the coagulant.The destabilization reactions occur very rapidly.Therefore, incomplete or slow mixing results inwasted chemical and uneven flocculation.

FLOCCULATION PRINCIPLESOnce colloidal destabilization has occurred,random particle motion causes particle collision,

resulting in formation of a larger particle or floe.These neutralized particles stick together formingfloe masses. Bacteria particles are also neutralized(but not physically deactivated) and becomeentangled in the floe. As this massing continues,particle size and weight increase to a pointwhere the larger floe can be removed by filtration(Figure 1-1, page 1-3, and Figure 1-2, page 1-4).

FACTORS INFLUENCINGCOAGULATION

Turbidity, pH, and color influence the coagulationof raw waters. They influence the type andamount of chemicals required. It is necessary toknow which chemicals produce the most satis-factory results and to determine the exact dosagerequired. This can be done by test analysis or bytrial runs of the equipment. The following infor-mation is essential for controlling turbidity, pH,and color in the water purification process.

Type of TurbidityThe type of turbidity plays a role in determiningneeds for the best pH and coagulant dosage. Thefollowing generalizations can be made:

Turbidity caused by clay concentrationsrequires a minimum of coagulant to provide anentangled mass of floe.

As turbidity increases, an additionalcoagulant dosage is generally required, althoughthe dosage of coagulant does not increase in directproportion to the increase in turbidity. Highlyturbid waters require relatively lower coagulantdosages than low turbidity water due to the higherprobability of particle collisions.

The organic matter typically adsorbed onclays in natural stream water does not signifi-cantly increase coagulant demand.

Organic colloids caused by sewage and indus-trial wastes are more difficult to coagulate becauseof extensive chemical reactions that occur betweenthe coagulant and the colloidal organic matter.

Determiningtant control

Test for Turbidityturbidity is perhaps the most impor-test performed. Perform turbidity

1-2

FM 10-52-1

tests on raw and treated water to determineoverall turbidity removal effectiveness.

Once you determine chemical dosages, performraw water turbidity tests as often as the raw waterquality varies. River water requires more frequentanalysis than lake water, especially during thespring when thawing snow and runoff dramati-cally increase the silt load in rapidly movingrivers. Well water is not usually turbid.

Conduct turbidity analysis on treated water. Anincrease in effluent turbidity indicates processcontrol problems and may be related to filterbreakdown, poor floe formation, or coagulant

more than any other test, indicates the effec-tiveness of the colloid removal process.

pH RangeCoagulant chemicals have an optimum pH rangein which good coagulation and flocculation occurin the shortest time with a given dosage. The typeof colloid in the water also affects the pH range forefficient coagulation. In some cases, it may benecessary to use chemicals to adjust the pH of thewater to obtain the best coagulation andflocculation. Trial and error testing is the onlysure method to determine the most efficientcoagulant and pH range for the particular water

dosage variation. The filter effluent turbidity test, being treated.

1-3

FM 10-52-1

ColorDetermine raw water color visually to note anydramatic color changes. Take the proper cor-rective action (for example, pH adjustment,coagulant dosage change). Color usually increasesduring spring runoff and again in the fall fromsurface sources. Color removal deserves specialconsideration due to special colloidal properties.Cause. Organic color is primarily caused by thedecomposition of natural organic matter.Oxidized, metallic ions (such as iron) producenonorganic color.Size. Color-associated colloidal particles are thesmallest of the turbidity-causing particles. Theygenerally have diameters of about 0.003 microns,as compared to clays with a typical diameter of1.0 micron.

Charge. Color particles are negatively charged,with the strength of charge depending on pH. The

charge is an integral part of the molecule, ratherthan merely adsorbed on the surface as with clays.Removal. The mechanism of color removal is thedirect formation of an insoluble chemical com-pound with a metallic coagulant (such as ferricchloride), rather than charge neutralizationusually associated with turbidity removal bypolymers. Color removal is affected by pH andshould be carried out under acid conditions (pH 4to 6). Raising the pH for other processes beforeremoving color may cause color fixation to takeplace. This makes subsequent color removal (evenat optimum pH) more difficult.

Physical FactorsPhysical factors include temperature, nucleipresent, and flash mixing. These factors areexplained below.

1-4

FM 10-52-1

Temperature. As the temperature decreases, thewater viscosity increases. The rate of floe settle-ment decreases as the water viscosity increases,resulting in general loss of coagulation and floc-culation efficiency. Temperature effect can beovercome by adding more chemical coagulant orby operating the coagulation process at the bestpH for the particular coagulant being used.Nuclei present. Although coagulation and floeformation can occur in the complete absence ofsolid suspended particles, the presence of sus-pended particles serves to increase the rate offlocculation, density of floe, and removalefficiency.Flash mixing. Flash mixing is the very rapidand highly turbulent agitation that uniformlydisperses the coagulant and promotes coagulantcontact with turbidity particles. Flash mixing isusually maintained for 30 to 60 seconds beforefiltration.

CHEMICAL AIDSThere are a number of chemicals that can be usedas aids to coagulation and flocculation. Theircharacteristics and effects and some precautionsfor their use are discussed below.

CharacteristicsPolyelectrolytes are manufactured syntheticallyas a high molecular weight, colloidal-sizemolecule. The molecule can be manufactured to

meet varying specific needs. Synthetic polyelec-trolytes are available in anionic (negativelycharged), cationic (positively charged), ornonionic (neutral) forms. The anionic andnonionic forms are generally used as flocculentaids, while cationic forms are generally used asprimary coagulant or coagulant aids. Thepolymer used by Army ROWPUs is of the cationicform. In concentrated liquid form, polymers arereasonably stable and can be stored one year. Infeed solution form, however, shelf life is only about24 hours. Polymer solution strengths are usually1 percent or less since more concentrated solutionscan start to solidify, causing clogging of feedingdevices and valves.

Beneficial EffectsPolymers produce a very large and dense floe thatcan greatly increase the particle removal rate. Thefloe produced is often stronger and more easilyremoved by filtration. Polymers are less easilyinfluenced by water pH, alkalinity, hardness, andturbidity than are other chemical aids. Polymersare easy to prepare, use, and store.

PrecautionsOverdosage of polymers can hinder flocculation.Determine precise dosages of polymers by trialand error testing procedures. Only those polymersspecifically approved by the USEPA are accept-able for use in potable water treatment used inArmy field water operations.

Section III

FILTRATION

FILTRATION PROCESSESFiltration processes remove microorganisms andother suspended matter from the product water.The suspended material consists of floe fromchemical clarification. The removal of these sus-pended solids is essential, as the feedwater for thereverse osmosis must be as free from suspendedsolids as possible. The following is an overview ofthe principles of filtration.

Removal MechanismsIt is a common misconception that filtrationremoves suspended solids by a simple straining

process where particles too large to pass throughopenings in the filter media are retained on themedia. Actually, the mechanisms involved inremoving suspended solids by filtration are verycomplex. While straining is important at the filtermedia surface, most solids removal in deepgranular filters occurs within the filter bed.

Flocculation and sedimentation in the porespaces between filter media particles is an impor-tant removal mechanism as well as adsorption ofparticles onto the filter media surface. Additionalstraining between media particles within the filteralso contributes to overall solids removal.

1-5

FM 10-52-1

Proper treatment of the influent water to the media, resulting in a filter bed with more overallfilters is essential for good filter performance. If filtering capacity (Figure 1-3, page 1-7). Filternot coagulated, fine turbidity will pass through a materials are rated by particle size and uni-filter. Also, if large coagulated floes are allowed to formity. Typical characteristics are listed indevelop, they will tend to forma thick layer on top Table 1-1 (page 1-8). Filter media characteristicsof the filter media, causing substantial resistance are explained below.to flow and rapid head loss. Sand. The types of sand used in filtration are

Head Loss DevelopmentAs floe particles accumulate at the influent sur-face and in the internal pores of the filter bed,resistance to flow is created and loss of hydraulichead through the bed increases. Backwash thefilter when the head loss exceeds a predeterminedvalue. Clean it if the high pressure applied to forcewater through the bed shears the accumulatedfloes, causing them to pass through the filter andcreate a turbid effluent.

Solids BreakthroughFilter operation and performance are adverselyaffected by hydraulic surges. The higher rate offlow through the filter bed causes increasedvelocities between media particles, shearing theaccumulated floe particles and carrying themdeeper into the filter bed or all the way through thefilter.

CLASSIFICATION OF FILTERS

silica and garnet. Garnet sand is denser andsmaller than silica sand and is used in the final(bottom) layer in multimedia filters.Anthracite coal. Crushed anthracite coal is amore angular media with higher porosity thansand, with a resulting higher storage capacity forflocculated solids. The lower specific gravity(density) of the anthracite compared with sandallows the anthracite to maintain its position inthe filter bed following backwashing.Filter gravel. Use silica gravel for a thick baselayer to prevent the filter media from beingwashed out of the filter and to distribute the flow ofbackwash water. The gravel acts as a buffer zone,protecting the filter media from localized high-velocity streams during backwash. Gravel sizesrange from a maximum of 1 to 2 inches to aminimum of about 1/16 inch. To prevent thegravel from being mixed with the overlying mediaby high-velocity streams, place a layer of dense,coarse garnet sand between the gravel and thefine media.

Classify filters by the media type, the flow rate,the direction of flow, the hydraulics (gravity or Cartridge Filterspressure), and the method of controlling the flow Select cartridge filters on the basis of a desiredthrough the filter. The most common method of filtration performance need. Understanding theclassifying filters, however, is by the type of filter important filtration performance variables, suchmedium. The two types used in Army water purifi- as particle size removal efficiency, filter servicecation equipment are the multimedia and the life, permeability and system compatibility, is thecartridge. best way to obtain desired performance.

Multimedia FiltersThese filters use sand and crushed anthracite coalon a graded gravel base. Media layers arearranged in a coarse to fine gradation in thedirection of flow, which allows greater depth ofpenetration of floe particles. Multimedia filters areselected with specific gravities so that moderateintermixing between media layers occurs duringbackwashing. If the different media were insharply stratified layers, all solids removal wouldoccur due to straining at the top surface of eachlayer. With intermixing, the upper zones of thefine media mix with the lower zones of the coarse

Filter types. There are two types of cartridgefiltration: depth filtration, in which solid particlesbecome trapped within the filter medium, andsurface filtration, in which solid particles form acake on the surface of the filter medium. Woundfiber cartridges function primarily as depth filtersand are the standard cartridge used in Armypurification units. Pleated cartridges primarilyact as surface filters. In every filtration appli-cation, both surface filtration and depth filtrationwill take place simultaneously. However, gen-erally one is more important than the other.Wound and pleated cartridges also perform dif-ferently in other ways. Differences in filter

1-6

FM 10-52-1

cartridge permeability, available materials of following will examine the advantages and limita-construction, ability to withstand pulsating flow tions of wound cartridge filters, as this is the typeconditions, and particle removal efficiency are used in military water purification equipment.just a few examples where wound and pleated This manual reviews cartridge design, capturecartridges may not perform quite the same, The mechanisms, micron ratings, and performance.

1-7

FM 10-52-1

Fibrous filter design. Wound and pleatedcartridge filters separate suspended particles froma fluid by passing the fluid through a porousfibrous medium. Therefore, these cartridges per-form according to the laws that govern fibrousfilter structures. There are three main variablesthat affect the design of fibrous filters. They arefiber diameter, porosity or void volume, andthickness. A change in any one of these threevariables will also affect the different perfor-mance characteristics of wound and pleatedfilters. These variables are also responsible for thesubtle differences that produce different particleremoval efficiencies within each type of cartridge.Wound cartridge design. A wound fibercartridge has 3/4 inch of yarn continuouslywound around a perforated center support core.The yarn may be cotton, polypropylene, rayon,acrylic, polyester, nylon, fiberglass, or Teflon. Theyarn consists of intertwined fibers that are 15 to20 microns in diameter. These fine fibers areimportant in obtaining small, pore-size openings.Wound fiber cartridges are available in variouslengths and micron ratings. Other importantdesign features include the availability of variouscenter core materials for fluid compatibility, corecovers and end treatments to reduce the pos-sibility of media migration, and extended cores toimprove cartridge sealing (Figure 1-4, page 1-9).Capture mechanisms. Remove suspended solidparticles from a fluid stream by a filter in one oftwo ways. First, the particles may simply be toolarge to pass through the filter flow channelopening or pore. The particle is physicallyrestrained by the filter medium or its extension,the filter cake. This kind of direct particle inter-ception by the filter is an example of mechanicalcapture. A screen or sieve traps particles on its

surface in this way. Mechanical capture is also acharacteristic of pleated cartridge filters.Mechanical capture by sieving generally occurs atthe filter’s surface. However, particles can alsopenetrate the larger surface pores only to be sievedby smaller pores within the successive innerlayers of the filter. This internal sieving is likely tooccur when the filter medium has a broad pore-sizedistribution, not unlike that found in wound fibercartridges. The second type of filter capturemechanism occurs when a particle enters a filteropening, or pore, larger than itself. Under theinfluence of inertia, diffusion, or other forces, theparticle collides with the pore wall or interior porestructure. Once the particle contacts the interiorpore surface, it sticks to that surface. This type ofcapture mechanism is known as adsorptive cap-ture. There are several attractive forces that maybe responsible for retaining a particle on theinterior pore surface. These include electrostatic(opposite charge), hydrogen bonding, and hydro-dynamic forces.

Wound cartridge workings. Mechanical andadsorption capture mechanisms are present inevery filtration application, whether wound orpleated cartridges are used. However, a woundfiber cartridge, with its substantial mediathickness and graded density, accentuates adsorp-tive capture mechanisms. The wound fibercartridge design creates a tortuous, fluid flowpassage. Suspended particles entering the filter’smatrix are subjected to endless fiber impact andinternal sieving obstructions. This circuitouspathway is effective in retaining deformable par-ticles. In these applications, it is important thatthe flow rate per length of cartridge be low toincrease contact time with the filter medium.Particle capture occurs throughout the depth of

1-8

FM 10-52-1

the wound cartridge from the surface to the centercore. When the particle-size distribution of thecontaminant is broad, wound fiber cartridgeshave an excellent solids-holding capacity. This isdue to the filter’s high porosity (high internal voidvolume) and graded density design. Larger par-ticles stop at or near the surface. Smaller particlesare trapped at each of the successively denserlayers. The result is substantial solids-holdingcapacity and a long service life. System operatingconditions greatly influence wound fiber filterperformance. Unsteady flow conditions maydislodge particles captured by adsorptive means.Too high a differential pressure across the filtermedia can drive a soft, deformable particlethrough the filter matrix. It is also important thatwound filters be properly sized and operated underrecommended flow rate conditions for longer ser-vice life. In most cases, the flow rate per 10-inchlength of cartridge should not exceed 5 GPM. Infact, reducing the flow rate by a factor of five (forexample, from 5 GPM to 1 GPM) will double theamount of solids a wound fiber cartridge can holdbefore reaching the recommended change-out dif-ferential pressure.

Micron ratings. All cartridge filters will removea certain percentage of particles of each size thatthey receive in the fluid stream. A filter’s micronrating is an indication of its removal efficiencyperformance. For it to have meaning, the micronrating of the cartridge must include the level ofremoval efficiency, usually expressed as a per-centage, at the rated micron size. Wound cartridgefilters used by the Army have 90 percent removalefficiency as their stated micron rating. Whilemicron ratings corresponding to higher removalefficiencies are available, their filtration abilitydoes not increase.

Cartridge filter performance. Permeability isa measure of the flow rate of a fluid through aporous medium at a specified pressure differential.It is the ease at which a porous medium will allowthe passage of fluid. The filter medium thickness,surface area, porosity, and materials of construc-tion affect the filter’s permeability. Combined,these variables also dictate the pressure dropacross the filter cartridge at a given flow rate andfluid viscosity. For example, the permeability of afilter cartridge would be stated as 3 GPM/10-inchlength at 1 psid for a fluid with a viscosity of1 centipoise. Permeability is inversely related tothe removal efficiency of the filter medium.

Cartridge filters with higher removal efficienciesare less permeable than those with lower removalefficiencies. In other words, a l-micron cartridgehas a greater resistance to flow when compared toa 50-micron cartridge. Operating wound fibercartridges under high differential pressure or highflow rate conditions may adversely affect the lifeand removal efficiency of the filter.

1-9

FM 10-52-1

Filter service life. Perhaps the most importantfilter performance relationship is the effect of flowrate on filter service life. As the flow rate percartridge increases, filter service life decreases.The consequences of this relationship areeconomic and functional. Filter life is affected byinitial differential pressure. To increase filter life,it is important to keep the initial differentialpressure as low as possible. This is done bykeeping the flow rate through the filter cartridgeas low as possible. One method of reducing theflow rate per unit of filter area is to increase thenumber of cartridges while keeping the systemflow rate constant. Increasing the number ofcartridges from one to three triples the amount ofsurface area. Increasing the surface area by threemay increase the life up to nine times. This is whyall Army water purification units have multiplewound fiber cartridges. As discussed earlier,actual performance and service life can vary withsystem conditions and the nature of the solidparticulate. However, it is important to rememberthat you can improve both filter performance andservice life by lowering the flow rate per cartridge.

Flow DirectionYou operate most granular filters with the direc-tion of flow from top to bottom through the bed.This is because most filters, particularly oldersand filters, use gravity for the hydraulic drivingforce. Some pressure sand filters operate in anupflow mode; however, these are exceptions.

FlOW ControlThe final classification of filters is based on theway you control the flow rate through the filterbed. There are three basic operating modes:constant rate, constant pressure, and variabledeclining rate.Constant rate. Constant rate can be attained byusing a flow control valve on the filter effluent. Atthe start of a filtration run, the media is clean andflow is too fast. for good filtration; therefore, thecontrol valve is partially closed. As filtrationcontinues and the media clogs with solids, thecontrol valve gradually opens to maintain con-stant flow. An alternate method of constant ratefiltration control in gravity filters is to build thefilter cells with extra high walls and to split theflow equally between all filters. As the filterbecomes clogged (causing resistance to flow), thewater level above the media rises. This increases

the head applied to the filter, thereby maintaininga constant flow rate.Constant pressure. In constant pressure sys-tems, the same hydraulic head is applied to thefilter throughout the filtration run. Initially, themedia is clean, resistance to flow is minimal, andthe resulting flow rate is high. As the media clogs,the flow rate through the filter decreases. Pressurefilters are similar to gravity filters in most aspectsof construction and operation. The major dif-ference is that the driving force applied to drivethe water through the filter is the static pressuresupplied by a pump. Filtration rates, methods ofbackwashing, and media are the same for gravityand pressure systems. Advantages of pressurefiltration versus gravity are the higher headloss at which filters can be operated beforebackwashing is required, the higher residual headin the filter effluent line, and the reduced verticaldimensions of the filter. A major disadvantage isthat the operator cannot watch the filter opera-tions to monitor problems (for example, improperbackwashing and mud ball formation).Variable declining rate. Design of variabledeclining rate filtration systems has all filters fedfrom an oversized, common header. When onefilter at a time is taken out of operation forcleaning or as a filter becomes fouled, the flowbacks up through the common header and isapplied evenly to the remaining filters, resultingin a slight, gradual increase in flow rate throughall filters in operation. The filters are providedwith extra depth above the media surface to allowthe water level to rise as the media becomesclogged or when more water is applied as a resultof backwashing a filter. The main differencesbetween variable declining rate filtration andconstant rate filtration with equal flow splittingare the location and type of influent arrangementand the head available for filtering.

FILTER OPERATIONSInfluent water to a filter discharges into a baffle todissipate the velocity head that could disturb thesurface of the filter media. The flow then passesthrough the filter media, gravel base, and drains.A rate controller is located in the effluent line fromthe filter to maintain a constant flow rate throughthe filter. Backwash the bed when the head lossthrough the filter bed increases above a certainlevel as a result of clogging of the media withremoved solids, when effluent water quality fails

1-10

FM 10-52-1

to meet criteria, or when breakthrough of solidsoccurs. Backwashing is done by reversing the flowthrough the bed; this expands the media andshears loose the accumulated solids, which arecarried away in the backwash water. Operatingproblems may include mud accumulation andpermanent clogging of filter media, coating ofmedia grains with various materials, impropercoagulation, and backwash control. The singlemost common problem in filtration is unsatis-factory filter media cleaning.

Filter RateMaintain a relatively constant, or slightlydeclining, filter rate to prevent solids break-through. Sudden flow surges are not desirable asthey may flush solids through the bed. Control theflow at the influent or effluent end of the filter.

Loss of HeadThe resistance to water passing through the filterbed causes a loss of hydraulic head between theinlet and outlet of the filter. At the beginning of afilter run, suspended material collects primarily inthe upper layer of the filter. This causes resistanceto flow and water pressure below the beddecreases, causing an increase in the loss of head.As the resistance to flow increases, accumulatedfloe particles penetrate deeper into the bed, andhead loss continues to increase until backwashingis required. The amount of head loss shortly afterwashing the filter varies with the type of media.The higher the rate of filtration and the finer themedia, the higher the initial head loss. Higherlosses of head can cause the media to becometightly packed, creating solids breakthrough and

difficulty in backwashing. The multimedia gaugeis an extremely important guide for proper opera-tion. Check it periodically to ensure its accuracy.

Backwashing FiltersAfter a filter has been operating for some time,turbidity and suspended solids collect on thesurface and in the filter media to the extent thatflow of water through the bed is limited and asignificant loss of hydraulic head results. At thispoint, solids can shear loose and break throughinto the effluent. When these conditions occur, it isnecessary to backwash the accumulated solidsfrom the filter. Backwashing is done by reversingthe flow, forcing filtered water up through thegravel and sand. This loosens the filter media,agitating the media grains against each other andwashing accumulated solids off the grain sur-faces. The wash water flows to waste, carrying thesolids with it. The flow rate of backwash watershould be sufficient for cleaning the media but notso much that loss of media results. Expand thefilter media at least 20 to 25 percent for goodcleaning action, although a 40 percent expansionis best in many cases. Higher expansions riskwashing out some filter media along with theaccumulated solids. You can increase mediacleaning by increasing interparticle abrasion,although the bulk of the cleaning action is due tothe force of the rising backwash water. Theamount of water required for sufficient back-washing is typically 1 to 5 percent of the totalamount of water filtered, with an average of2 percent. The duration of backwash requireddepends on the type and size of filter media,temperature of the water, type of solids beingremoved, and backwash flow rate.

Section IVREVERSE OSMOSIS

PRINCIPLESReverse osmosis is a purification process in which to get a useful volume of water passing through afiltered water is pumped against a semipermeable unit area of membrane. The reverse osmosismembrane under great pressure. The membrane process is illustrated in Figure 1-5 (page 1-12).allows product water to pass through while Although RO can appear to be similar to arejecting the impurities, both suspended and filtration process, there are distinct differences. Indissolved. You must use extremely high pressures filtration, the entire liquid stream flows through

1-11

FM 10-52-1

the porous filter medium, and there are no changes dissolved ionic and organic solutes are largelyin chemical potential between the feed and rejected by the membrane. RO removes selenium,filtrate. In RO, the feed flows parallel to the copper, iron, manganese, chloride, lindane,semipermeable membrane with a fraction of it radiation, and most color- and odor-causingpassing through a given membrane area; compounds.

1-12

FM 10-52-1

ELEMENT CHARACTERISTICSAn RO element is composed of sheets of mem-

branes (Figure 1-6, page 1-13) in a spirally-woundtube. Mesh spacers are inserted between layers ofthe membrane to allow water to flow into and outof the element. The meaning of spirally-wound isbest understood if you review the partiallyunwound element in Figure 1-7 (page 1-14). Thecenter of the element is a plastic tube with smallholes for the collection of product water. Theleaves of membranes and spacers are rolledaround the product water collection tube in thecenter of the element. The structure of the ROelement allows water to flow from one end of theelement to the other without any water passingthrough the membrane until the osmotic pressureis overcome. Water at lower than osmotic pressureflows through the elements and out the brinechannel, but not into the product line. Under alower than osmotic pressure condition, the ele-ments, and consequently the membrane, are doing

rather than through it, so water does not collect inthe product water collection tube.

When the RO element is operating normally(at feed pressures in excess of the osmoticpressure), the concentrated brine (waste) streamflows out through the feedwater spaces. The brinecollects at the end of the last element and flows outof the pressure vessel. Product water passesthrough the membrane into the product waterchannel from both sides. The product waterentering the mesh from the membrane flowsspirally towards the central product watercollection tube. At the very center of the element,the product water channel butts up against theholes in the product water collection tube. Waterpasses from the product water channel into theproduct water collection tube, and then flows outof the pressure vessels and finally into the productwater piping. Disinfect this water and store it as

no work. The water just passes by the membrane potable product water.

1-13

FM 10-52-1

.

1-14

FM 10-52-1

Dissolved SaltsFeedwater does not seep into the product water

channel because three sides of the leaf of twomembrane sheets and the product water channelmesh are glued together. Two of the glued sidesbecome the ends of the element. This isolates theproduct water channel from feedwater on one endof the element and brine on the opposite end. Thethird side becomes a seam which stops feedwaterfrom reaching the product water channel withoutpassing through the membrane. The mesh mustprotrude from this membrane sandwich on theremaining side so that it can butt up against theproduct water collection tube. Because of thisarrangement, only water that has passed throughthe membrane can enter the product waterchannel mesh.

The wagon wheel-shaped plastic stems whichextend from the central product water collectiontube to the outside perimeter of the element arecalled antitelescoping devices. These stems forma frame which prevents telescoping of themembrane. Telescoping describes the conditionwhen the feedwater spacer begins to extendbeyond the membrane leaves at the ends of theelement. Excessively high pressure operation ofthe RO purifier could lead to telescoping if not forthese devices.

MEMBRANE FOULINGUndesirable characteristics of the feedwaterahead of the RO system may occur. These undesir-able characteristics are called fouling. Calciumcarbonate precipitation may cause fouling of themembranes. You can reduce this fouling bylowering the pH of the water and by applying aninhibitor, such as sodium hexametaphosphate.This will prevent or reduce precipitation fouling ofthe membrane surface. Fouling of RO membranesmay be caused by colloidal suspensions, dissolvedsalts, or chemical/physical interactions.

Colloidal SuspensionsColloidal solids in the influent may be trapped inthe membrane. These solids may interfere witheither the flow through the element, reducing thequantity of product water, or affect the rejectioncharacteristics of the membrane, thereby reducingthe quality of the product water.

Dissolved salts in the influent may be concen-trated by the membrane so that their volubilityproduct is exceeded. This may result in pre-cipitation of these salts on or near the membrane.

Chemical/Physical InteractionsChemical or physical reactions between certainfeed components and the membrane may causefouling. Potential foulants are either colloidalmaterials or dissolved materials. The most com-mon colloidal foulants are iron, manganese, silica,very fine clay minerals, iron bacteria, organics(humic and fulvic acid-type compounds), bacteria,and algae. The most common dissolved foulantsare calcium and aluminum.

FOULING PREVENTIONThere are several different ways to minimize theproblem of membrane fouling.

You can pretreat the influent stream to removethe fouling materials before they reach the mem-brane. This pretreatment may be by precipitation,filtering, or activated carbon.

You can pretreat the influent stream to dissolvethe fouling materials. The most common exampleis the injection of citric acid to prevent the for-mation of calcium carbonate.

You can pretreat the influent stream to suspendthe fouling materials. An example of this pretreat-ment is the injection of a dispersant such assodium hexametaphosphate.

PRETREATMENTIn order to avoid fouling of the membrane surface,you must pretreat the feedwater. This is done bythe multimedia filter, aided by a coagulant, andthe cartridge filter (micron filtration). The desiredturbidity of the membrane feedwater is 1 JTU orless. Pretreatment reduces the frequency ofcleaning of the elements to an acceptable level andreduces the effect of fouling so that the RO systemwill continue to produce potable water. The objec-tive of pretreatment is to reduce the effect offouling so that continuous RO water purificationoperations can meet mission requirements. Foradditional information on pretreatment, seeSections II and III of this chapter.

1-15

FM 10-52-1

Section VDISINFECTION

DISINFECTANT CRITERIAWater must be disinfected to be consideredpotable. No other treatment process, or com-bination of processes, will reliably remove alldisease-producing organisms from water. Allmethods of disinfection must satisfy the followingcriteria. The disinfectant should—

Mix uniformly to provide intimate contactwith potentially present microbial populations.

Have a wide range of effectiveness to accountfor the expected changes in the conditions oftreatment or in the characteristics of the waterbeing treated.

Not be toxic to humans at the concentrationlevels present in the finished water.

Have a residual action sufficient to protect thedistribution systems from microbiologicalgrowths and act as an indicator of recontami-nation after initial disinfection.

Be readily measurable in water in the concen-trations expected to be effective for disinfection.

Destroy virtually all microorganisms.Be practical to use and maintain.

DISINFECTION AGENTSChlorine, ozone, and chlorine dioxide are disin-fection agents. They are described in detail below.

ChlorineChlorine is the disinfectant agent usually speci-fied for military use. Presently, this is the onlywidely accepted agent that destroys organisms inwater and leaves an easily detectable residual thatserves as a tracer element. Sudden disappearanceof chlorine residual signals potential contami-nation in the system. No other available disin-fectant is as acceptable or adaptable for potablewater treatment operations as chlorine. A majordisadvantage is that chlorine reacts with certainorganic compounds to form trihalomethanes, aknown carcinogen.Types of hypochlorite. There are two types(dry and liquid) of hypochlorite. These areexplained below.

Dry. Dry hypochlorites added to water formhypochlorite solutions containing an excess of

alkaline material, which tend to increase the PH.If the pH of the hypochlorite and water mixturerises high enough, calcium in the water and incalcium hypochlorite precipitates as calciumcarbonate sludge. If this occurs, allow thehypochlorite and water mixture to stand so thatthe calcium carbonate may settle out. After theliquid hypochlorite solution settles, decant it intoa separate tank for use. Two dry hypochlorites arecalcium hypochlorite and lithium hypochlorite.HTH products contain about 70 percent availablechlorine and 3 to 5 percent lime. Calciumhypochlorite is available in granular, powdered,or tablet forms and is readily soluble in water.Ship granular and tablet forms in 35-or 100-pounddrums, cases, or smaller reusable cans. This is theform of chlorine found most often in Army waterpurification operations. Lithium hypochlorite con-tains about 35 percent available chlorine, readilydissolves in water, and does not raise the pH asmuch as other hypochlorite forms. Lithiumhypochlorite is available in granular form. It isgenerally used for disinfecting swimming pools.

Liquid. The liquid solutions are clear, lightyellow, strongly alkaline, and corrosive. They areshipped in plastic jugs, carboys, and rubber-lineddrums of up to 50-gallon volumes. Sodium hypo-chlorite is available commercially in liquid form,such as Clorox. Household bleach is a sodiumhypochlorite solution containing about 5 percentavailable chlorine. The usual concentration ofsodium hypochlorite is between 5 and 15 percentavailable chlorine. Addition of sodium to drinkingwater may be hazardous to persons with hyper-tension or on low- or no-sodium diets.

Storage. High-test hypochlorites are relativelystable. Storage at temperatures below 86°Freduces the rate of deterioration. Unlike calciumhypochlorite, which can be stored for up to a year,sodium hypochlorite solution has a shelf life ofonly 60 to 90 days. Store sodium hypochloritesolutions in dry, cool, and darkened areas or incontainers protected from light. Store hypo-chlorite solutions in rubber-lined or PVC-linedsteel tanks fed through fiberglass, saran-lined, or

1-16

FM 10-52-1

PVC piping. Do not store or use dry hypochloritein the presence of oil because of the fire potential.

OzoneOzone is an unstable form of oxygen that killsorganisms faster than chlorine. Ozone, as a dis-infection agent, is less influenced by pH and watertemperature than chlorine. Another advantage ofozone is that it does not form compounds thatcreate or intensify odors in the water. The maindisadvantage of ozone is that it provides nolasting residual disinfecting action. Also, becauseof its instability, ozone is usually generated at thepoint of use. The process is not as adaptable tovariations in flow rate and water quality aschlorine.

Chlorine DioxideChlorine dioxide is a red-yellow gas or liquid witha very irritating odor. It has over 2 1/2 times theoxidation capacity of chlorine; but its rate ofreaction is slower, and the mechanism of dis-infection is completely different. It is effective overa broad pH range (5 to 9) and is not affected bysunlight. A major advantage of chlorine dioxide isthat it does not hydrolyze in water and willnot react with organic compounds to formtrihalomethanes.

CHLORINATION EFFECTIVENESSUse chlorination for disinfection of potable waterin all cases with the exception of individual orsmall unit water purification for which you canuse iodine tablets. The efficiency of chlorine disin-fection is affected by the following variables.

A combination of the form of chlorine present,the pH of the water, and the contact time. As thepH of the water increases from 5 to 9, the form ofthe chlorine residual changes from hypochlorousacid to hypochlorite ion, which is less effective.The most effective disinfection occurs when thepH is between 5.5 and 6.5. At the same pH, a longercontact time also results in increased disinfection.Contact time is the time elapsing between theintroduction of the chlorine and the use of thewater. The required contact time is inverselyproportional to residual, within normal limits. Ifthe residual is halved, the required contact periodis doubled. Army standards specify a minimum of30 minutes contact time before product water istested for residual to determine potability. A

residual of 5 ppm must be maintained for water tobe potable.

The type and density of organisms present(virus, bacteria, protozoa, helminth, or other) andtheir resistance to chlorine. Bacteria are mostsusceptible to chlorine disinfection whereas thecysts of the protozoa Entamoeba histolytica andGiardia lamblia are the most resistant.

The temperature of the water. At lower tem-peratures, the microorganism kill rate tends to beslower, and you need higher chlorine residuals orlonger contact times. You obtain greater dis-infection efficiency in warm water than in coldwater. Longer contact time or increased chlorinedosages are required when the water temperatureis low. Effectiveness of free chlorine at 35°F isabout half of that at 70OF.

The concentration of substances other thandisease-producing organisms that exert a chlorinedemand. During disinfection, chlorine demandcan be exerted by chemical compounds such asthose containing ammonia and organic material.When these reactions occur, the chlorine is notavailable for disinfection. Chlorine demand ischlorine required to react with chlorine-destroyingcompounds. You must satisfy chlorine demandbefore disinfection can begin. Some of the com-pounds in water that exert a chlorine demandinclude iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide,ammonia, and miscellaneous organic compounds.Add sufficient chlorine to the water supply tosatisfy the chlorine demand, in addition to theamount required for actual disinfection.

Adequate mixing of chlorine and chlorine-demanding substances. Thoroughly mix the disin-fecting agent to ensure that all disease-producingorganisms come in contact with the chlorine forthe required contact time.

The suspended solids concentration. Suspendedsolids can surround and protect organisms fromthe disinfectant.

CHLORINATION TREATMENTChlorination treatment consists of combinedresidual chlorination, free residual chlorination,and breakpoint chlorination. These treatmentsare described below.

Combined Residual ChlorinationCombined residual chlorination involves applyingchlorine to water to produce a combined available

1-17

FM 10-52-1

chlorine residual and to maintain that residualthrough the water treatment and distributionoperations. Combined available chlorine formsare less effective as disinfectants than free avail-able chlorine forms. You need about 25 times asmuch combined available residual chlorine toobtain equivalent bacterial kills as required forfree available residual chlorine under the sameconditions of pH, temperature, and contact time.You need about 100 times longer contact time toobtain bacterial kills for equal amounts of com-bined versus free available chlorine residualsunder similar conditions. You can use combinedresidual chlorination to control algae and bac-terial aftergrowth in potable water distributionsystems. Combined chlorine residuals can main-tain a stable residual throughout the system to thepoint of usage at the distribution point. In somecases, you can use free residual chlorination toensure effective disinfection, followed by the addi-tion of ammonia to convert the free residual to acombined available residual.

Free Residual ChlorinationFree residual chlorination involves producing afree available chlorine residual through part or allof the water treatment and distribution opera-tions. You can form free available chlorineresiduals by applying chlorine to water, if thewater contains no ammonia or other nitrogenousmaterials. If the water contains ammonia andcombined available chlorine residuals are formed,add sufficient chlorine to destroy the combinedchlorine residual. Free residual chlorination pro-vides initial disinfection with a contact period ofabout 10 minutes, whereas combined chlorineresidual requires at least 60 minutes. Changes inpH and temperature do not markedly affect the

disinfecting powers of the free chlorine residual. Acombined chlorine residual must be increasedsignificantly with increases in pH and decreasesin temperature. You can diminish taste and odorsby using free residual.

Breakpoint ChlorinationBreakpoint chlorination is the application ofchlorine to produce a residual of free availablechlorine with minimum combined chlorine pre-sent. Adding chlorine to water with ammoniaforms chloramines. With additional application,chlorine residuals increase and reach a maximumwhen the ratio of chlorine to ammonia is equal. Asyou apply greater dosages of chlorine and the ratioof chlorine to ammonia increases, you oxidizeammonia by the chlorine and reduce the chlorineresidual. When you add approximately 10mg/L ofchlorine for each mg/L of ammonia present,chloramine residuals decline to a minimum value.This is the breakpoint and represents a pointwhere further addition of chlorine produces a freeresidual (Figure 1-8, page 1-19). The actual amountof chlorine required to arrive at the breakpointvaries between 7 and 15 times the ammonianitrogen content of the water. Due to the presenceof organic and other chlorine reactive materials,however, you may need 25 times as much chlorineas ammonia nitrogen content to reach breakpoint.Beyond breakpoint, the residual should have atleast 90 percent free available residual chlorine.The rate of the breakpoint reaction appears to bemost rapid between a pH of 7 and 8, and itincreases with a higher temperature. At pH levelsbelow 8, you can form nitrogen trichloride fol-lowing breakpoint treatment and impart odors tothe water. You must expose the water to air toprovide for the release of nitrogen trichloride.

1-18

FM 10-52-1

1-19

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 2

Water Reconnaissance

Section IRESPONSIBILITIES AND PLANNING

RESPONSIBILITIESThe MMC in the DISCOM, COSCOM, andTAACOM is responsible for providing detailedinformation concerning the status of water supplythroughout its respective areas to the supportingwater unit. The supporting water unit, in coordina-tion with the appropriate MMC and rear areaterrain manager in the rear CP, directs the watersupply section leader to seek new water supplyoperational sites in support of tactical combatoperations. The water supply section leader isresponsible for supervising and performing recon-naissance of new operational sites for watersupply operations. Water reconnaissance is aspecial type of survey made to gather informationabout potential water purification sites and buIkwater storage and distribution sites.

PLANNINGProper planning is essential to site selection andshould be foremost in the minds of the recon-naissance personnel. The planning for a watersupply site, whether it be for purification orstorage/distribution, begins with mission guid-ance from the tactical commander. Project waterrequirements to support deployed forces andassign an operational area. For more informationon computing unit daily water needs, see FM 10-52,Chapter 3. Whenever possible, include watersupply operations within larger logistics com-plexes, bases, or base clusters. At the very least,laundry, bath, and personnel decontaminationunits should be near water supply operations for

mutual support. To enhance resupply operations,collocate Class I and water points.

Reconnaissance TeamThe water section leader may supervise the sitereconnaissance, or he may direct one of his waterpurification NCOs to lead the team. In either case,a water treatment specialist, MOS 77W, must bepresent. A representative of the command surgeonshould be present on the reconnaissance, if pos-sible. A water detection team from the Corps ofEngineers may be available. They have access tothe water resource data base. This data base canprovide detailed surface and ground hydrologicinformation for selected areas of the world.

EquipmentOn reconnaissance for purification sites, take theWQAU and the WQAS-E. During this type ofreconnaissance, analyze the raw water for tur-bidity, TDS, pH, and temperature. On recon-naissance for storage and distribution sites, youdo not need specific equipment. However, the teammust know the size of, and level requirements for,the PWS/DS.

IntelligenceThe G2/S2 is the source for information con-cerning ground/air reconnaissance and surveil-lance, imagery (photos), human intelligencefrom interrogations of EPWs, and other sources of

2-1

FM 10-52-1

terrain and technical intelligence. Also, the G2/S2 and radiological surveys with the chemicalprovides fallout predictions from enemy-employed section. Finally, the G2/S2 coordinates and con-nuclear weapons and coordinates chemical solidates the requirements for weather and terrainagent detection, biological agent sampling, analysis support.

Section IIAIR/GROUND SITE RECONNAISSANCE

AIR RECONNAISSANCEWhen time permits and equipment is available,the G3/S3 may decide to have an air recon-naissance before the ground survey. This may bedone with any type of aircraft. It is an effective,reliable means to get data quickly on sources overa large area. A visual or photographic air surveymay disclose changes not shown on maps. On theway to possible sites, the reconnaissance teamshould note routes of communication, cover, andconcealment and protection from encirclement,infiltration, or attack. The ground reconnaissancecan confirm the observations of the area. If youuse a helicopter for the air reconnaissance, com-plete the air and ground surveys at the same timeif the proposed sites are within secured areas andthe terrain permits the helicopter adequatelanding space. Air reconnaissance is limited bybad weather, available aircraft, and securityproblems.

GROUND RECONNAISSANCEGround observation is the only sure way to getaccurate data for selection of a water point. Asketch of the site made during the ground recon-naissance and keyed to a map can be invaluable.Memory is not enough. Take notes. Wheneverpossible, complete DA Form 1712-R while thereconnaissance team is still at the site. Detailedinformation on potential sites is the mostimportant goal.

PURIFICATION SITERECONNAISSANCE

Water quantity, water quality, accessibility, andsite conditions are important requirements for apurification site. They are discussed below.

Water QuantityIgnore seasonal changes in water quantity unlessthe information is readily available from native

sources or contained in the water resources database available through the Corps of Engineers.Since reconnaissance teams do not have flowgauges, meters, and measuring devices, use animprovised method to collect data on water flow.The field method is to measure the average cross-sectional area and average velocity of the stream.The formula for calculating the quantity of wateris in Appendix A. During the winter in coldregions, reconnaissance teams should use iceaugers to determine ice thickness on a potentialsource. Augers are quicker and safer than axes.The team should also measure the depth of waterunder the ice. In doing this, the team shouldmeasure the depth at several spots because of thevariations in the beds of shallow streams andrivers in Arctic regions. Rocky plateau desertsmay be cut by dry, steep-walled eroded valleysknown as wadis in the Middle East and arroyos orcanyons in the United States and Mexico. Thenarrower of these valleys can be extremelydangerous to men and materiel due to flashflooding after rains, although their flat bottomsand potential for water may be superficially attrac-tive as possible sites.

Water QualityWater should be of such quality that it can beapproved by medical personnel as meeting rawwater standards and at the same time be readilypurified with assigned water purification equip-ment. Take four of the five principle analysis testsof water (temperature, turbidity, TDS, pH) foreach proposed water purification site. To be con-sidered as a potential water purification site, theraw water must meet the minimum requirementsestablished in TB MED 577. Additionally, checkthe water source for a distance of two miles forpossible sources of pollution and evidence of con-tamination. Do not locate water purification opera-tions near areas where—

2-2

FM 10-52-1

Sources of pollution exist, such as landfills,agricultural and livestock wastes, industrial anddomestic sewage discharges, and POL storage ordistribution sites.

Evidence of contamination exists, such asdead fish or vegetation, excessive algae growth,oil slicks, and sludge deposits.

AccessibilityA water point must be accessible to vehicles andpersonnel. It should have a good road net withturnarounds, cover and concealment at the watersource and distribution area, and an adequateparking/staging area. The roads should be able towithstand, under all weather conditions, theheaviest vehicles using the water point. The purifi-cation site should be on a through road whenpossible, but it should not be on the MSR.

Site ConditionsWhere competing potential purification sites meetall the requirements noted above, base yourselection of the actual location on the conditionof the sites. Consider drainage, security, andadequacy of the bivouac area in that order ofimportance.

Drainage. The site should be on high, porousground. Establish the potential for seasonalflooding. The area proposed for the purificationequipment must be level. The slope must allow fordrainage away from operations, but the distanceand degree of slope must be within the raw waterpump’s capability to provide sufficient flow to thepurifiers.

Security. The site should provide cover and con-cealment. It should be a safe distance from primeartillery and aerial targets. The site should pro-vide security against ground attack and sabotage.

Support required. Water point personnel andsecurity forces need a bivouac area. Factors in siteselection are security, facilities, sanitation, andcomfort of the troops. The reconnaissance teammay not be able to find a site that meets all of theseneeds. The bivouac area must be at least 100 feetdownstream from water purification operations.FM 21-10 gives detailed information on field sani-tation for bivouac operations. When practical,water treatment personnel should bivouac as near

the water point as possible. This would ensuretheir availability for work or emergencies.

STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTIONSITE RECONNAISSANCE

The reconnaissance for a PWS/DS must considercover and concealment, road nets, dispersionfactors, terrain, and site preparation needs. Thesite must be suitable for the PWS/DS layout. Youmay be assigned an area of operation, but youmust choose the PWS/DS site within that area.You should locate the PWS/DS as close to sup-ported units as dispersion factors, sources ofsupply, and the tactical situation permit. Usevacated forward sites or existing facilities whenyou can.

TerrainThe site you choose should be reasonably leveland well drained to prevent water from impedingresupply operations. Look for a tank site withoutslopes, if possible. A large slope may cause filledtanks to roll sideways, backwards, or forward.Put the pumps and hypochlorinators on levelground. Try to place discharge pumps at a lowerlevel than the collapsible tanks to have goodsuction to the pump.

SecurityConcealment is important, also. Select a site thatgives adequate cover from enemy observation andattack. Select a site for the collapsible tanks,pumps, and hypochlorinators that is in the woodsor in a tree line where the natural shadowsdisguise the telltale shapes.

Road NetsYour site should be large enough to meet the needsof supply and distribution plans but not so largethat handling operations become inefficient. Thesite should have easy access to road nets, and atleast one road should run through the supplypoint. However, do not choose a site that is close toimportant communication and population cen-ters. They are, in most cases, potential enemytargets. There should be two large areas (one infront and one in the rear) for truck parking.

Site PreparationYou may have to expand the supply point. The siteyou choose should have enough space to add more

2-3

FM 10-52-1

collapsible tanks and truck parking areas. The away from the input side of the tank to help drainthree major items of equipment in the PWS/DS the tanks when they are removed. The slope for theare the collapsible tanks, the pumps, and the tank sites can be no more than 3 inches for everyhypochlorinators. Slope the tank sites gently 100 feet.

Section IIIREPORTS AND DATA SOURCES

REPORTSComplete DA Form 1712-R for each site surveyed.The supervisor of the reconnaissance team willforward completed forms to the G3/S3 of thetasking unit. Survey an average of three sites foreach proposed water point when possible.DA Form 1712-R will be locally reproduced on8 1/2- by 1 l-inch paper. A copy for reproductionpurposes is located at the back of this manual.Figure 2-1 (page 2-5) shows a sample completedform. The report is divided into four sections asfollows.

Identification DataThese blocks identify date and time of recon-naissance, the person and unit conducting thereconnaissance, the person and unit receiving thereport, and map location of the proposed site.

Water Quantity and Quality DataThese blocks record the following characteristics:type of source, TDS, temperature, turbidity, pH test,and quantity (estimate of total volume or flow rate).

Site ConditionsThese blocks record the following site conditions:security (to include cover and concealment,avenues of approach, fields of fire); soil type anddrainage; terrain; bivouac potential; and road nets(to include distance from MSR).

Proposed Site LayoutThis section uses the form for a sketch of theproposed water point. The sketch must include:

location of major pieces of equipment (pumps andpurifiers), location of MSR, type and flow of watersource, key terrain features, location of bivouac,and distribution plan/route.

DATA SOURCESUse historical water reconnaissance report formsas guides in planning for future operations. TheIPB is an excellent source of information inplanning for and conducting water reconnais-sance. The G2/S2 has staff responsibility forconducting the IPB. This involves the collectionand processing of data, conversion of data intointelligence, and dissemination of this intelli-gence. This collection and processing activityincludes aerial and ground reconnaissance andsurveillance; IMINT; HUMINT, including interro-gation of EPWs, civilian internees and/ordetainees, and refugees; debriefing returned,captured US personnel, escapees, and evaders;exploitation of captured documents and capturedmateriel; SIGINT; and employment of long-rangereconnaissance patrols. All of these are sources ofdata on the location and availability of potentialwater supplies, both naturally occurring rawwater and man-made facilities.

2-4

FM 10-52-1

2-5

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 3

Water Source and Water Point

Section I

Development

DEVELOPMENT OF WATER SOURCES

BASIC GUIDELINESDevelopment of a water source includes all workwhich increases the quantity of water, improvesits quality, or makes it more readily availablefor treatment and distribution. Avoid elaboratedevelopments. Also, do not make a temporarysource permanent until you survey the area for asource requiring less work. Finally, regardless ofthe type of source and climate, there are severalthings to consider in the development of intakepoints. These considerations involve both intakehoses and pumps.

Intake HosesAll intake hoses or pipes should have an intakescreen regardless of how clear the water is. Protectsuction screens from floating debris which maydamage, clog, or pollute them. Proper anchorageof suction lines and screens prevents puncture ofkinked lines, damage to the screen, and loss ofprime. Also, water at the intake point should be asclear and deep as possible. The screen on thesuction hose must be at least 4 inches below thewater level. This helps to keep the screen frombecoming clogged with floating debris. It alsoprevents loss of prime from air getting into thesuction line.

PumpsThe practical limit of suction lift of raw waterpumps issued with field water purification equip-ment is 25 feet at sea level. Suction lift decreases athigher altitudes. Also, the pumps must create apartial vacuum in the suction line. Therefore, theraw water intake hose must be airtight for thepump to work properly.

DEVELOPMENT OF INLANDWATER SOURCES

There are a number of development consid-erations and techniques which apply to inlandtypes of water sources. They are discussed below.

Surface Water SourceInland surface water is the most accessible type ofwater source. This source lends itself readily to thepurification equipment common to quartermasterunits. Surface water is the most easily developedsource of water. There are various methods ofconstructing intake points for inland surfacewater sources.Rocks and stakes. If the source is a stream andthe stream is not too swift and the water issufficiently deep, prepare an expedient intake byplacing the intake screen on a rock. This willprevent clogging of the screen by the stream bedand provide enough water overhead to prevent thesuction of air into the intake screen. If the watersource is a small stream or shallow lake, secure theintake hose to a post or pile as shown in Figure 3-1(page 3-2).Pits. When a stream is so shallow that the intakescreen is not covered by at least 4 inches of waterbut the source must be used, a pit should be dugand the screen laid on a rock or board placed at thebottom of the pit. Line pits dug in streams withclay or silt bottoms with gravel to preventdirt from entering the purification equipment(Figure 3-2, page 3-2). Surround the screen withgravel to prevent collapse of the sides of the pitand also to shield the screen from damage by largefloating objects. The gravel also acts as a coarsescreen for the water. Provide a similar method byenclosing the intake screen in a bucket as shownin Figure 3-3 (page 3-3).

3-1

FM 10-52-1

3 - 2

FM 10-52-1

Dams. Raise the level of the water in smallstreams to cover the intake screen by building adam as shown in Figure 3-4 (page 3-4). In swiftflowing streams, construct a wing or baffle toprotect the intake screen without impounding thewater (Figure 3-5, page 3-4).Floats. In addition to floats provided with thepurification equipment, use floats made of logs,lumber, sealed cans, or empty drums to supportthe intake screen in deep water. They areespecially useful in large streams where thequality of the water varies across its width orwhere the water is not deep enough near the banksto cover the intake screen. Cover the intake withan adequate depth of water by anchoring orstationing the float at the deep part of the stream.Secure the intake hose to the top of the float,allowing enough slack for movement of the float.If you use support lines to secure the float to thebanks, alter the position of the float to correspondto changes in depth by manipulation of the lines.The chief advantage of a float intake is the easewith which the screen can be adjusted vertically.Figures 3-6 and 3-7 (page 3-5) show two types ofimprovised floats.Galleries. Engineer units can improve thequality of water from muddy streams by diggingintake galleries along the bank (Figure 3-8,page 3-6). To do this, they dig a trench along thebank. The trench must be deep enough to allow the

water from the stream to seep into it and tointercept ground water flowing toward the stream.They fill the trench with gravel to keep the sidesfrom collapsing. Then they place the intake screenin the gravel below the waterline. A galleryrequires a lot of work, but it may be worth it. Itreduces the amount of chemicals needed forcoagulation, extends the life of filter cartridges,and extends the filter run between backwashing.

DEVELOPMENT OF GROUNDWATER SOURCES

When surface water supplies are inadequate orunusable, develop ground water supplies. Subsur-face or ground water is water existing below theearth’s surface. In most regions the ground issaturated with water to a depth that dependslargely on the type of rocks and soil, the amount ofrainwater, and the topography of the land. This isthe water table. The water table is not a levelsurface, but it is irregular and reflects the surfacefeatures, rising high under the hills and fallingback low under flat areas (Figure 3-9, page 3-6).

AquifersAn aquifer is a layer of rock below the water tablefrom which you obtain water. It is sometimesreferred to as a water-bearing formation or water-bearing stratum. Aquifers can be found in almostany area.

3-3

FM 10-52-1

3-4

FM 10-52-1

3 - 5

FM 10-52-1

3 - 6

FM 1052-1

Types of SpringsWater which emerges at the surface naturallywith a distinct current is called a spring. When adistinct current is not present, the flow is called aseep. Most springs and seeps represent water fromrain or snow on some nearby higher ground whichmoves underground to where it comes up out of theground. Its underground course depends on thetype of soil it moves through. In some springs, thewater bubbles up with a measurable force, indi-cating that it is under pressure. These are calledartesian springs and will be discussed later. Anyspring having a temperature higher than theyearly average temperature for a given region istermed a thermal spring. This indicates a source ofheat other than that of the surface climate, ofwhich magmatic heat is an example. Based uponthe pressure of the emergent water, any spring orseep which is not artesian maybe classified as thegravity type. Gravity springs and seeps are thosein which subsurface water flows by gravity from ahigh point of intake to a lower point of issue. Thetwo most important types are—

Water table springs and seeps, which occurwhere the water table comes near or intersects thesurface of the ground.

Contact springs and seeps, which occur alongan exposed contact point, like along a hillside.Water table springs and seeps are normally foundaround the margin of depressions, along the slopeof valleys, and at the foot of alluvial fans. Contactsprings appear along slopes but may be found atalmost any elevation, depending on the position ofthe rock formations.

Spring DevelopmentDevelop a spring by enlarging the outlet of thespring and by building a dam and guiding thewater to storage. To reduce possible pollution,clear a spring of all debris, undergrowth, top soil,loose rocks, and sand. Improve springs bybuilding collecting boxes or digging ditches andtunnels. Collecting boxes or basins can be of wood,tile, or concrete. They collect water which flowsfrom rocks under the force of gravity. The boxshould be large enough to hold most of the flow.Place it below the ground level so that only the topis slightly above the surface. Tightly cover the boxto prevent contamination and decrease evapora-tion. Design the inlet to keep out surface drainageand prevent pollution. Fence the area and provideproper drainage. A screen on the overflow pipe

keeps out insects and small animals. Anotherscreen on the intake pipe keeps large suspendedparticles from being taken in by the raw waterpump. To get water from a seep or contact spring,dig deep, narrow ditches leading from the springto the point of collection. Another method is tobuild pipeline tunnels from the spring to thecollection point. Large-diameter pipe is moresuitable for this purpose. Trap water from thetunnels or pipes by a dam at the point of collection.

Artesian WaterWhen water is confined in a rock layer underpressure, an artesian condition is said to exist. If awell is drilled into an aquifer where there is such acondition, it is called an artesian well. Such a well,if it has enough pressure to bring the water abovethe ground surface, is called a flowing artesianwell; if the water rises only to an intermediatelevel, it is a nonflowing artesian well. Whenever anatural outlet occurs in an artesian aquifer, anartesian spring is formed (Figure 3-10, page 3-8).

Man-Made WellsWells are classified into five types, according totheir method of construction. The five types ofwells are discussed below.

Dug. A dug well is one in which theexcavation is made by the use of picks, shovels,spades, or digging equipment, such as sandbuckets or clamshell buckets.

Bored. A bored well is one in which theexcavation is made by the use of hand or poweraugers.

Driven. A driven well is constructed bydriving a pointed screen, referred to as a drivepoint, into the ground. Casings or lengths of pipeare attached to the drive point as it is being driveninto the ground.

Jetted. A jetted well is one in which theexcavation is made by use of a high velocity jet ofwater. However, in some regions of the Arctic,steam is used for jetting instead of water.

Drilled. A drilled well is one in which theexcavation is made by either percussion or rotarydrills. The excavated material is brought to thesurface by means of a boiler, sand pump, suctionbucket, hollow drill tool, or hydraulic pressure.

3-7

FM 10-52-1

Hydraulics of Wellspressure in the well; but the surrounding water-Before a well is pumped, the water level is the same

as the level of the surrounding water table.Measure the depth from the ground surface to thewater level. This distance is called the static levelof the well. Thus if the water in a well is 25 feetbelow ground, the static water level is 25 feet.Elevation of the static water level above mean sealevel can also describe its position.Pumping level. When a well is pumped, thestatic water level drops. After several hours ofpumping at a constant rate, it stabilizes itself in alower position. This is called the pumping level ordynamic water level for this rate of pumping.

Drawdown. The distance that the water islowered by pumping is called drawdown. It is thedifference between the static level and thepumping level. The drawdown in the well,resulting from the pumping, lowers the water

bearing soil retains its original pressure. Inresponse to this difference in pressure, water flowsout of the soil into the well.Intrusion. Along coastal areas and on islands,there is always the danger of saltwater intrusioninto ground water sources. By analysis, anaccurate determination of the degree of salinitycan be made. When you discover saltwaterintrusion in the ground water supply, take steps todetermine the cause (Figure 3-11, page 3-9). Whensmall amounts of fresh water exist on islands andpeninsulas, conservation is usually necessary toprevent saltwater intrusion. The amount of freshwater that can be pumped without intrusion ofsaltwater depends on local conditions, type ofwell, rate of pumping, and the rate of recharge ofthe sand by fresh water. In areas of high rainfall,the recharge rate of the sand is usually rapid; but if

3-8

FM 10-52-1

the rainfall is seasonal, the wells may become dry around the well causes a rise in the underlyingif you do not ration water during the dry period. A saltwater. Restrict pumping of any one wellrise in the level of the saltwater occurs if the head according to drawdown, for saltwater will enter(amount) of fresh water is reduced for any reason the well if drawdown is maintained greatly belowsuch as excessive pumping or a decrease in sea level for extended periods. The pumping raterainfall. The drawdown in the fresh water level should not exceed the rate of recharge.

3-9

FM 10-52-1

Well Yield and DrawdownPumping tests are made on wells to determinetheir capacity and other hydraulic characteristicsand to secure information so that permanentpumping equipment can be skillfully selected andused. Preliminary tests of wells drilled as testholes are sometimes made to compare the yieldingability of different water-bearing formations ordifferent locations in the same formation. Use thisinformation as a basis for selecting the best sitefor a supply well and the aquifer in which it shouldbe completed. Engineer well drilling units conductthese tests. However, if engineer units do not testthe completed well, quartermaster water elementsoperating the well head must conduct the tests.Measurements. The measurements that shouldbe made in testing wells include the volume ofwater pumped per minute or per hour, the depth tothe static water level before pumping is started,the depth to the pumping level at one or moreconstant rates of pumpage, the recovery of thewater level after pumping is stopped, and thelength of time the well is pumped at each rateduring the testing procedure.Specific capacity. The specific capacity of awell is its yield per foot of drawdown, usuallyexpressed as GPM per foot of drawdown. Thespecific capacity is not constant for all values ofdrawdown but is nearly so for wells tapping verythick aquifers and wells operating under artesianconditions. Normally, the specific capacity of awell decreases with increased drawdown. Thespecific capacity indicates the relative yield of awell.

Pumping ProceduresThe pump and power unit used for testing a wellshould be capable of continuous operation at aconstant rate of pumpage for several hours. Theequipment must be in good condition for anaccurate test, since it is undesirable to have aforced shutdown in the middle of the test. Ifpossible, the test pump should be large enough totest the well beyond the capacity at which it willeventually be pumped, but this may not be practi-cable under field military operations. For a fairlycomprehensive test of a well, first operate thepump at a rate that will lower the water in the wellabout one-third of the maximum drawdownpossible, or about one-third of the capacity of thepump. Continue pumping at this rate until the

pumping level remains constant. This will requirefrom one to four hours in most cases. After takingthe necessary measurements, change the rate ofpumpage to produce two-thirds of the capacity ofthe pump. Repeat the measurements when thepumping level becomes stable. Increase the rate ofpumpage to produce the maximum drawdown, orincrease it to the capacity of the pump and makemeasurements a third time when the pumpinglevel becomes stable again.

CalculationsThe drawdown observed during a well test isthe difference in feet between the pumping leveland the static water level before pumping wasstarted. The specific capacity of the well is theyield or discharge in GPM divided by thedrawdown in feet.

DEVELOPMENT OF SEAWATERSOURCES

Factors to be considered in developing seawatersources are surf action, saltwater corrosion,suspended sand and silt in the water, livingorganisms, surface oil along beaches, and the riseand fall of the water level with the tide. In Arcticregions, another factor is the potential for damageto raw water supply lines from ice floes washingonto the beach. In all regions, locate RO equip-ment on sheltered bays, harbors, lagoons, orinlets. You can supply raw water by intakesconstructed the same as surface intakes for freshwater. On open beaches and small islands, thefollowing intakes can be constructed.

Saltwater WellsBeach wells are preferred to offshore intakes.Wells can be dug to tap brackish or salt groundwater. This eliminates the problems caused bytides, surf, and shallow water close to shore.Another advantage of such wells is that they canbe constructed in back of the shoreline undernatural overhead concealment. Driven and jettedwell points may also be effective at sandy beachlocations. A disadvantage is the possibility ofhigh hydrogen sulfate in the raw water, causingfouling problems with RO membranes and tasteand odor problems in drinking water.

3-10

FM 10-52-1

Offshore IntakesOffshore intakes are sometimes required due to beneath the water surface at low tide. In this way,lack of time, personnel, or equipment required to the intakes will keep out foreign matter whichdevelop beach wells. Also, coral formations may cause wear on purification equipment. Placesometimes prevent construction of wells. You can intake of rigid pipes on supports that are anchoreduse intakes of either the rigid pipe or float type. If securely in position by pilings. Floats securelypossible, locate either type in deep water beyond anchored can support intake screens the same asthe surf action, and place intakes in a vertical they do in surface waters.position. They also must be off the bottom but

Section IIDEVELOPMENT OF WATER POINTS

PURPOSES AND OBJECTIVESThere are a number of purposes and objectives indeveloping a water point. These are explainedbelow.

PurposesA water source developed for military use is calleda water point. The development of a water point isthe gradual improvement of the water point toincrease the quality and quantity of the water andthe efficiency of its water treatment anddistribution facilities. Orderly development servesto eliminate those bottlenecks and othershortcomings which may occur following theestablishment of a water point.

ObjectivesDirect all work done during water point develop-ment toward the following six objectives. Unlessthe work furthers one or more of these objectives, itis unnecessary and should not be done:

Increase the quantity of potable wateravailable.

Improve the quality of water produced.Lessen storage and distribution problems.Decrease site and equipment maintenance

needs.Improve security of operations.Improve living conditions of water point

personnel.

PLANS FOR WATER POINTDEVELOPMENT

Proper planning is essential to the orderly develop-ment of a water point and should be foremost inthe minds of reconnaissance and supervisory

personnel. When possible, they should select thesite requiring the least improvement. They shouldprepare a schedule of recommended improve-ments and follow it. They should give priority toremoving obstacles that limit operations. Super-visory personnel at each site need training inwater point development.

OrderThe relative importance of the problemsencountered at each site and the tactical situationdetermine the order for improvements at waterpoints. For example, in jungle terrain where wateris readily available and cover and concealmentare good but routes of communication are poorand guerrillas are present, consider distributionfacilities and security first. Give priority to thoseconditions which are necessary to establish thewater point and continue water supply operations.

ExtentThe extent to which a water point is developeddepends primarily on the time, labor, troops, andmaterials available to do the work. At forward-deployed sites, develop enough to supply potablewater to using units. However, in the corps reararea and the COMMZ, the extent of developmentwill vary with the size of the water point, theproblems to be overcome, and the permanence ofthe installation.

SITE IMPROVEMENT CONSIDERATIONSYou must consider a number of factors whenimproving a site. These are explained in thefollowing paragraphs.

3-11

FM 10-52-1

DrainageThe importance of providing for drainage cannotbe overemphasized. Wastewater from treatmentunits, leakage from tanks, and spillage from distri-bution facilities keep the area of operation wet.Poor drainage may also cause the area to be somuddy that it becomes unusable. If vehiclescannot get to the point of distribution, the waterpoint no longer serves its purpose. Also, during thewinter this water may freeze, causing a serioussafety hazard for personnel and equipment. Avoidsuch conditions by having good drainage at eachsite. Always direct drainage downstream from thepurification, storage, and distribution operations.

Storage FacilitiesStorage facilities should be large enough to meetdaily peak demands and maintain command-directed DOS. This will eliminate long waits at thewater point by consumers and ensure sufficientquantities are available for mission requirements.Water treatment personnel may install collapsiblefabric bags to achieve required storage capability.This is in addition to the tanks issued with thepurification equipment. Site considerations forthese collapsible fabric bags include level (less

Also, you may use existing host nation or occupiedcountry facilities.

Road NetworksA satisfactory water point must be accessible tovehicles and personnel. A good road net withturnarounds, checkpoints, cover, and conceal-ment at the water point and an adequate parkingarea are desirable features. The load capacity ofroads should be sufficient to withstand theheaviest vehicles under all weather conditions.Locate the water point on improved roadswhenever possible but avoid main supply routes.Turnouts and turnarounds. When waterpoints are located along roads, provide facilitiesfor loading consumers’ trucks without interferingwith normal traffic. A turnout may be a widenedsection of the main road or a new one-way roadpast the water point (Figure 3-12, page 3-12). Thetype used depends on labor and equipment avail-able. For large installations, a turnaround is moreconvenient and efficient since there is space forwater to be distributed to more than one truck at atime (Figure 3-13, page 3-13). Drainage is veryimportant, especially if new construction is

than 3-degree slope in 100 yards) and clear terrain. required for the turnouts or turnarounds.

3-12

FM 10-52-1

Checkpoints. Set up checkpoints at the entranceand the exit of the supply point. Give personnelcoming into the area a safety briefing. Use thecheckpoints not only to control the traffic but alsoto monitor logging the issue of water from thesupply point.Traffic signs. Water treatment personnelshould mark the route to the water point withsigns. The signs (Figure 3-14, page 3-14) should beclearly visible to vehicle drivers. Place them sothere will be little cross-traffic interference. Also,post them at all critical points within two miles ofthe water point. Post them at side roads,crossroads, and forks in the road. Place luminousbuttons on the signs to help direct vehicles duringblackouts. The signs should be made in advanceand stored with the water equipment for field use.

CamouflageCamouflage misleads the enemy by misrepre-senting the true identity of an installation, an

activity, or an item of equipment. See FM 5-20 forthe basic principles of camouflage. The watersource may not be within the boundaries of a baseor base cluster and, as a result, imposes a specialproblem of security. The best means of reducingthe chances of attack is to deny the enemy anyinformation concerning the location of the waterpoint. This can be done by maximum use ofoverhead concealment and the use of camouflagenets to distort equipment outlines and shadows.Camouflage nets are particularly applicable foruse with the mobile purification units whereoverhead concealment is lacking. Whenever pos-sible, provide parking areas, turnouts andturnarounds, and all distribution facilities withoverhead concealment.

BivouacIn addition to the other steps involved indeveloping a water point, select a bivouac area forwater point personnel and security forces. Inselecting a site, consider security, facilities,

3-13

FM 10-52-1

Securitysanitation, and comfort of the troops. Althoughthe situation may not permit selection of a sitewhich fully meets all requirements, consider thesoldiers’ well-being and health. Convenientlylocate water supply personnel with respect to thewater point. Such a location will facilitate thearrangement of shifts and make personnel readilyavailable in case of emergencies. Locate thebivouac area at least 100 feet away anddownstream from the selected water source. SeeFM 21-10 for field sanitation and other desirable

Troop morale, welfare, and health depend on areliable source of potable water. Therefore, com-manders must take measures to provide securityfor water points. A lack of security could result incomplete loss of a water point; or the enemy couldcontaminate storage and distribution facilities,thus disabling or killing those who drink thewater. Communication channels to water supplypersonnel should be kept open. Keep personnelinformed of the tactical situation. Provide sheltersto protect water supply point personnel from the

features for bivouac. effects of NBC weapons.

3-14

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 4

Purification Operations

Section ISITE AND SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS

PURIFICATION SITESelect a water purification site from several pro-posed sites surveyed by the water reconnaissanceteams. Once a site is chosen, position waterpurification units on level ground. Position theunits so that no additional equipment isnecessary to operate the raw water pumps, thedistribution pumps, and the backwash pump. Usenatural cover, when possible, for overheadconcealment. Disconnect vehicles used totransport purification units from the purifiersduring normal operations. The position of thestorage tank area should be level but still havegood drainage for runoff. Direct drainage awayfrom the generator’s operations. Use groundcovers (tank bottoms) for all water tanks.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONSProperly ground the purification unit. If thegenerator is separated from the purifier, ground italso. Fire extinguishers must be on site and a firepoint established. All support legs to the purifiermust be down and in the locked position. Opera-tors will wear hearing protection when equipmentis in operation. Block the wheels of the puri-fication unit. Post no smoking signs near fuelpoints and operational areas. Do not storechemicals under direct sunlight. Use aprons,gloves, and goggles when handling chemicals.

Section II600-GPH ROWPU

OPERATIONSIn order to properly operate the 600-GPH ROWPU, mover, and prepare it for self-support, groundinga soldier must understand the preparation, setup, the generator and the purifier. Secure the safetyinitial start-up, PMCS, and shutdown. These pro- step in place, and roll up the side canvas. Removecedures are listed below. all stowed equipment.

Preparation of Purifier Setup of PurifierAfter selecting the best site, maneuver the unit Connect the raw water and backwash systems.into position. Remove the unit from the prime Connect the wastewater and vent vessel outlets.

4-1

FM 10-52-1

Connect all hoses to the chemical feed pump. Mixchemicals in their proper solutions, and calibratethe chemical feed pump. Connect the power cordsfrom the raw water and backwash and distri-bution pumps to the purifier. Check the position onall drain and vent valves. Finally, check theposition of switches on the control box.

Initial Start-UpFollow the procedures outlined in TM 5-6115-465-12to start the power generator. After ensuring theemergency stop button is pulled out, prime andstart the raw water system. Once water is flowinginto the purifier, start the chemical feed pump andset the polymer pump to run. Close the multimediafilter vent valve after a steady flow of water comesout. Next, start the booster pump. Close thecartridge filter vent valve after you observe asteady flow of water. Press the RO pump’s resetbutton, then start the RO pump. Close the pulsedampener vent valve after you observe a steadyflow of water. After 10 minutes, observe the ROvessel vent valve line for adequate flow and clarityof water. Next, examine the filtered water fromcartridge filter drain valve one for clarity. Now setthe sodium hex pump to run. Then slowly close theRO vessel vent valve. Slowly adjust the productwater flow valve (being sure to carefully watch thebrine flow gauge, the product water flow gauge,and the RO pressure gauge) to obtain the properflow based on either a fresh or a saltwater source.Close the product water vent valve, and set thechlorine pump to run.

Operational ChecksMaintain proper flow rates into the purificationunit at all times (27 to 33 GPM). Record the initialmultimedia filter gauge reading. Maintain a psidreading of not more than 10 psid across themultimedia filter. A reading above 10 psidindicates the need to backwash the multimediafilter. Maintain the cartridge filter gauge readingfrom 1 to 20 psid while in operation. A readinghigher than 20 psid indicates the need to replacethe cartridge filters. The brine flow gauge readingwill be from 16 to 24 GPM for normal operations.Product water flow readings for fresh andbrackish water should not exceed 16 GPM whilesaltwater flows should read from 6 to 12 GPM. TheRO pressure gauge reading should not exceed500 psig for fresh water and 960 psig for saltwater.

The RO vessel gauge should show a reading of 50to 100 psid during normal operation. A readinghigher than 100 psid indicates the need to cleanthe RO elements. Check the product water TDS (itmust be below 1,000 ppm). Monitor the brine waterflow into the backwash tank. Once the backwashtank is filled, the brine will be discharged back tothe source. Monitor the low- and high-pressurelamps on the control box. If either light comes on,it may be necessary to press the emergency stopbutton. Continue operations, monitoring thechlorine residual in the product water to ensure5 ppm is maintained. Stop operations for routinemaintenance after 20 hours of operations, whenthe multimedia filter gauge rises above 10 psid,when the cartridge filter psid rises above 20, whenthe RO vessel gauge reads above 100 psid, formechanical breakdown, or for normal shutdown.

ShutdownTo shut down the purifier for any of the abovereasons, follow the procedures described here andin the order shown in Figure 4-1 (page 4-3). First,set the chemical feed pumps to prime. Then openthe regulate product flow valve and wait fiveminutes. Then open the product water and vesselvent valves. Open the cartridge filter vent valve,pulse dampener vent valve, and multimedia filtervent valve (all located on the control panel). Placeall toggle switches on the control panel in the stopposition (the RO pump, booster pump, chemicalfeed pump, and raw water pumps 1 and 2). Finally,follow the prescribed procedure for shutting downthe generator.

BackwashWhen shutting down the purifier to backwash themultimedia filter, follow these procedures. Placethe RO element cleaning switch, located on theback of the control panel, to the off position. Pressthe reset button on the backwash timer. Check toensure the backwash tank is full and thebackwash strainer is clear. Open the backwashtank valve, and turn the backwash valve on thecontrol panel to the backwash position. Then startthe backwash pump with the switch located on thecontrol panel. Backwash operations last approxi-mately 13 minutes. Water flow rates vary duringbackwash from O to 70 GPM during low cycle to Oto 120 GPM during high cycle. Check TM 5-4610-215-10 for the recommended settings on thebackwash timer.

4-2

FM 10-52-1

4-3

FM 10-52-1

RO ELEMENT CLEANINGWhen the pressure differential across the ROmembranes exceeds 100 psid, you need to clean theRO element. The first step is to backwash themultimedia filter. Then adjust the level of water inthe backwash tank to 7 inches from the bottom.Disconnect the discharge hose from the dischargeside of the backwash pump, and connect the vesselvent outlet hose to the discharge side of thebackwash pump. Add 1 pound of citric acid to thebackwash tank and stir. Make sure the productwater flow, backwash tank, and vessel vent valvesare open. Remove the product water hose from theproduct water tank, and place it downstream.Place the brine hose in the backwash tank. Switchon the RO element cleaning switch. The brine flowgauge should read 16 GPM or more. After fiveminutes of cleaning, check the pH of the brine.Add 1 pound of citric acid every five minutes untilthe pH is 3.5. After 3.5 pH is achieved, continuecleaning the RO elements for 45 minutes. Duringthis entire process, the water temperature mustnot exceed 120°F. After the cleaning process is

complete, turn off the RO element cleaning switch.Disconnect the vessel vent outlet hose from thedischarge side of the backwash pump. Connect thebackwash discharge hose back to the dischargeside of the backwash pump. Drain the backwashtank into a sump. Do not place the product waterhose into the product water tank until you haverinsed the RO systems for at least 10 minutes.For normal start-up, perform the procedures givenin the paragraphs on Setup of Purifier and InitialStart-Up at the beginning of Section II. Operatethe unit for 10 minutes with the regulate productflow valve at the fully open position to rinse theRO elements, the product water line, and thebrine water line. Adjust the product waterflow valve to obtain proper flow for the type of rawwater source (fresh, brackish, or salt), and run theunit for three minutes with the product waterline still discharging to waste. Finally, placethe product water hose back into the productwater tank.

Section III3,000-GPH ROWPU

3,000-GPH ROWPU OPERATIONSIn order to start the 3,000-GPH ROWPU, thesoldier must understand the preparation andinitial set-up of the ROWPU. These procedures arelisted below.

Preparation and Initial Set-Upof Purifier

After selecting the best site, maneuver the unitinto the predetermined position. Drive-in accessfor the equipment must beat least 12 feet wide. Theground must be smooth and clear. You need a workarea at least 35 feet by 70 feet for equipmentmaneuvering and set-up. Make a cleared path atleast 3 feet wide to the water source. The work areamust not be more than 30 feet above the raw waterpump, and the raw water pump can be no morethan 15 feet above the surface of the water source.The parking of the ROWPU (mounted on the

trailer) can be no more than 200 feet from the rawwater pump. The grade of the parking surfacemust not exceed 2 degrees crosswise and 5 degreeslengthwise. The storage tanks must also fit on thisleveled surface (Figure 4-2, page 4-5).

As you position the trailer, the raw water sourcemust be to the right of the truck cab. Move thetrailer into a position at the work site which willallow the front end to be slightly lower than therear for water drainage. Position the trailer so thatthere is no more than a 2 percent side-to-sidegrade. Place wheel chocks under the wheels toprevent trailer movement. Place load boardsunder the landing gear. Lower the landing gearand unhook the trailer from the tractor. Using thebubble level mounted on the ROWPU, adjust thelanding gear so that the front of the trailer is1/2 bubble lower than the back of the trailer(Figure 4-3, page 4-6).

4-4

FM 10-52-1

4-5

FM 10-52-1

Unstrap and remove the two ROWPU accessladders, hand rails, and generator ladder from infront of the generator. Position the generatorladder and install one ROWPU access ladder atthe door on the raw water side of the ROWPU.Ground the generator and the purifier. Remove allstowed equipment. Ensure the piping between thehigh-pressure pump skid and the ISO componentsdo not have loose connections. Perform all before-operation PMCS. Follow the procedures inTM 5-4610-232-12 to establish electrical power.

As a preliminary to start-up, direct raw waterthrough the media filter and out to waste throughthe forward flush valve. This helps to conditionthe filter bed and protects the RO elements fromthe high turbidity water always delivered in thefirst few minutes of filter start-up. The raw waterpump can be no more than 30 feet from the water’sedge. The water’s depth must allow the intakestrainer to be no less than 3 feet from the bottom ofthe water source. A water depth of 5 feet or more ispreferred. Carry or use the shoulder straps to pullthe raw water pump into place. Locate the pumpwithin the limits shown in Figure 4-2 (page 4-5)and upstream of the cyclone separator if the watersource is a river or has a prevailing flow. Makenote of tidal or river flood conditions and keep the

pump located beyond the reach of the water. Keepthe following suggestions in mind:

Place the intake strainer in the center ofnarrow rivers in the deepest water.

Place the intake strainer at least 50 feet fromthe shore in wider rivers.

Place the intake strainer as far out as possibleat ocean beaches.

Place the raw water pump less than 30 feetfrom the water’s edge.

Flat tidal beaches may require moving thepump according to tide conditions.

Prime the raw water pump. With the rawwater pump primed, the raw water discharge hoseshould be hard with pressure when the boosterpump is started. This should provide the 100 GPMfeed flow required for flushing. If 100 GPM cannotbe obtained, either the valves are incorrectly set orthe raw water pump is unable to provide 100 GPM.If this is the case, check TM 5-4610-232-12 andautomatic valves for proper settings. Look at theraw water discharge hose. If it is partiallycollapsed or pulsing, the problem is in the rawwater system. Check the hose for kinks and sharpbends. All curves should be smoothly laid out.Check suction hose connections and the intakestrainer.

4-6

FM 10-52-1

InOperation of the 3,000-GPH ROWPU

addition to start-up, the soldier must under-stand how to shut down the ROWPU in eithershort-term or long-term status. These proceduresare listed below.

Start up purifier. Start-up procedures vary withthe status of the ROWPU at its last shutdown.Start-up procedures occur after the ROWPU issecured or drained, after an emergency stop, afterthe ROWPU is shut down to a stand-by condition,after a media filter backwash, and after ROelement cleaning. Refer to TM 5-4610-232-12 formore specific guidance.Shut down purifier to stand-by. There areprocedures to follow when placing the ROWPUinto stand-by status. These procedures are listedbelow.

The ROWPU is shut down to stand-by by fullyopening the System Pressure Control Valve andpushing the High Pressure Pump Stop button.

After the feed flow drops below 60 GPM, pushthe Booster Pump Stop button.

Next push the Chemical Pump Stop and RawWater Pump Stop buttons. The air compressormay be left on for short shutdowns. For shutdownslonger than one hour, the compressor should beturned off, the main circuit breaker turned off, andthe generator shut down (diesel generators shouldnot be run with small loads for long periods). If theROWPU is kept in stand-by more than threehours, the RO elements may lose performance andrequire cleaning. Use the secured shutdown pro-cedure when a longer shutdown is anticipated andthe media filter has not been backwashes.

Start up after stand-by shutdown begins withmedia filter forward flush to waste. This flushesout the usual surge of dirty water when restartingthe filter. A three-minute flush is required. This isimportant since you do not want to put dirt into theRO elements.

Shutdown to temporary secured status. Usethis shutdown procedure when the ROWPU willbe shut down for three hours to three days. Youwill need 525 gallons of potable water in thisprocedure. Be sure the water is available. Beforeshutdown, be sure that you have a 5-gallon canfilled with product water. Use it in the poly-electrolyte tank during the start-up followingshutdown. To temporarily secure the ROWPU,

backwash the media filter and flush the system,following the procedures in TM 5-4610-232-12. Asanitizing flush will leave the RO vessels full ofsodium bisulfite sanitizing solution. Drain thissolution only if the ROWPU will be subject tofreezing. To perform a sanitizing flush—

Refill the clean/flush tank with 50 gallons ofproduct water. Add two 2-pound bags of sodiumbisulfite to the tank. Fill the tank to the 75-gallonlevel and repeat the system flush procedures.

Close the system pressure control valve anddistribution valve.

Clean and flush the hypochlorite tank andpump for shutdown periods exceeding 24 hours.The polyelectrolyte and sequestrant systems donot need to be flushed. However, drain these tanksprior to moving the ROWPU or if the shutdownwill exceed 24 hours. To complete the shutdown,open all drain valves except those on the ROvessels. Open the ‘media filter and cartridge filtervent valves. Turn the main circuit breaker to offand secure the generator. The generator shouldnot be used to provide power to the utility andlighting circuits during the secured shutdown ifthe shutdown is for a prolonged period.

Shutdown to long-term secured status. Usethis procedure when the ROWPU will be shutdown for more than three days. You must have1,000 gallons of potable water available. Beforecompleting operations, fill a 5-gallon can withproduct water to use in the polyelectrolyte tankduring the next start-up. The procedure forshutdown to long-term is the same as temporary-secured with the addition of removing the rawwater suction hose at the pump and opening thedrain valve on the pump. Disconnect the rawwater discharge and waste hoses. Coil them andplace them in a protected place. Turn off the aircompressor, and open the air manifold bleedvalves. Turn off the main circuit breaker andsecure the generator. Drain the distribution sys-tems. Pack the equipment for movement orstorage. This completes shutdown of the ROWPU.

Alarm shutdowns. The alert horn will soundand the ROWPU will automatically shutdown forthe reasons listed below. If this should happen,push the Alarm Silence button and refer to thetroubleshooting chart in TM 5-4610-232-12 tolocate and reined y the cause for shutdown.

4-7

FM 10-52-1

If the feedwater pressure to the high-pressurepump is low, the Feed Pressure Low red light willgo on.

If the high-pressure pump has excessive dis-charge pressure, the High Pressure Pump Pres-sure High red light will go on.

If the product water pressure is excessive, theProduct Pressure High red light will go on.

If the clean/flush tank level is too low, theClean/Flush low-level light will go on.Emergency stop. Push the Emergency Stopbutton only when equipment failure or anotherproblem demands immediate shutdown. Do notuse the Emergency Stop button for routineshutdown. Pushing the Emergency Stop buttonimmediately stops all motors within the ROWPU.To restart, pull out the Emergency Stop button,push the System Reset button, and push theInitiate button.

Operational MaintenanceTo properly maintain the 3,000-GPH ROWPU, thesoldier must understand backwash, RO elementcleaning, systems flush, detergent clean, andcitric acid clean. These procedures are listedbelow.Backwash media filter. During a typical filterrun (time between backwashes), the turbidity willinitially decrease with time. After some time it willincrease, indicating that the filter is so loadedwith dirt that it can no longer remove dirt effi-ciently and requires backwashing. Record themedia filter outlet turbidity at one-hour intervals.Note the time and polymer pump settings on theMedia Filter Log. This log provides informationessential to the best operation of the ROWPU. Ifthe turbidity recorded is more than 0.5 NTUhigher than the lowest recorded turbidity, thefilter is no longer efficiently removing dirt andrequires backwashing. If allowed by missiondemands, backwash the media filter as soon asyou find the polyelectrolyte optimum setting.After this first backwash, set the pump strokeback 5 percent from the determined optimum.Check the turbidity after the same length of filterrun as when you first determined the optimum. Ifequal or less, keep this new setting. If higher,increase it 5 percent to the original optimum.Backwash media filter at least once each day,every six hours on rivers and lakes with high

organics where turbidity is over 15 NTU and thetemperature is over 70° F, whenever media filteroutlet turbidity increases by more than 0.5 NTUover the lowest reading since the last backwash,whenever the Media Filter Plugged light andwarning horn go on, or whenever the pressuredrop reading is over 20 psid. Follow the proceduresfor backwashing the media filter outlined inTM 5-4610-232-12.

RO element cleaning. The RO elements maybecome fouled as described in Chapter 1. If thepolymer has been carefully optimized and scaleinhibitor, such as sodium hex, has been used, thisfouling will be slow in most water sources. Rapidfouling may result in some water sources evenwhen the polymer has been correctly optimized.Routine detergent cleaning at 100-hour intervalsas noted by the high-pressure pump hourmeterwill help reduce this fouling. Fouling may con-tinue to build and can be noted by changes inoperating conditions. You will then need anextended RO element cleaning.

Determine if extended RO element cleaning isneeded. Use one or all of the following proceduresto determine this.

Check the log book and note the operatingpressure required to provide mission normal waterflow. If it has increased by more than 100 psigsince the first start-up at the present site, extendedcleaning is needed.

Determine the total RO element pressuredrop by reading the RO pressure on the ReverseOsmosis System Pressure Gauge with the ReverseOsmosis Pressure Select valve in the In position.Next switch the Reverse Osmosis Pressure Selectvalve to the Out position and read the Out pres-sure. Subtract the Out pressure from the Inpressure to obtain the RO element pressure drop.Note the product flow rate on the ProductFlowmeter. Refer to TM 5-4610-232-12 to determinethe limiting pressure drop listed for the nearestproduct flow to the actual flow. If the actualpressure drop exceeds the limiting pressure drop,extended cleaning is needed.

Using the portable TDS meter, measure theTDS at the four RO vessel sample valves and atthe combined product sample valves. Compare theTDS readings for the top two vessels. If they varyby more than 10 percent from each other, internal O-ring leakage is indicated and you should contactorganization maintenance. Repeat the sameprocedure for the bottom two vessels. Compare the

4-8

FM 10-52-1

combined sample TDS with the appropriate valuecalculated from Table 4-1 (page 4-9). If the mea-sured TDS is higher and if O-ring leakage is notindicated, extended cleaning is needed.

Before cleaning the RO elements, make con-nections to form a closed loop. Add chemicalsolutions used in cleaning in the clean/flush tank.The chemical solutions are sent through thecleaning loop by the feedwater booster pump andthe high-pressure pump. Open the cleaningbypass valve to bypass the media filter. Theproduct utility hose returns product water to theclean/flush tank. The cleaning return valve andhose return the cleaning solution to the clean/flush tank.

System flush. Make a preliminary flushbefore cleaning the RO. Always precede cleaningprocedures by backwashing the media filter andreplacing the cartridge filters. Follow the pro-cedures outlined in TM 5-4610-232-12 to performboth the preliminary and complete flushes.

Heat-up and set-up. You are now ready tostart the heat-up and set-up procedures. The high--pressure pump is the source of heat used to heatthe detergent. Make certain you follow theCautions and Warnings in TM 5-4610-232-12 whenworking with detergent.

Detergent clean. Use caution when usingdetergent. Failure to do so could result in severe

burns, especially to your eyes. Always wearchemical gloves and a face shield. If causticdetergent comes in contact with your skin orclothes, wash off immediately. If detergent comesin contact with your eyes, wash them immediatelywith clean water from the eyewash station. Beginthe detergent cleaning by making certain the levelof water in the clean/flush tank is below thechemical port. If the level is above the port, openthe tank drain valve until the level is below theport and use the procedures in TM 5-4610-232-12.After the detergent cleaning, you have threechoices: you can return to normal operations, youcan shut down to long-term secured status, or youcan continue with the extended cleaning by per-forming the citric acid cleaning. To complete start-up from here, you would follow the procedureslisted in TM 5-4610-232-12.

Citric acid cleaning. Unless specificallydirected, use citric acid cleaning for extendedcleaning only. It may precede or follow the deter-gent cleaning, depending on the source water andcircumstances. Use caution when using citricacid. Failure to do so could result in burns. Alwayswear chemical gloves and a face shield. If citricacid comes in contact with your skin or clothes,wash it off immediately. If citric acid comes incontact with your eyes, wash them immediatelywith clean water from the eyewash station.

4-9

FM 10-52-1

Section IV150,000-GPD ROWPU

SITE SELECTIONEach of the assemblies must rest on a level, solidsurface. The site must allow for easy drainageaway from the assemblies. Large, heavy com-ponents, such as multimedia filters, should bestaked out prior to actual emplacement. Thisassumes you have done the initial preparations(installation of cartridges and membranes, forexample).

COMPONENT ASSEMBLY ANDEMPLACEMENT

Before the 150,000-GPD RO WPU system can beoperated, its individual components must beassembled and emplaced. These procedures arecovered in more detail below.

Raw Water PumpLocate the raw water pump assembly near a watersource and within 500 feet of the boost pumpassembly. Connect as many hard-walled suctionhose lengths as needed, but no more than 95 feet,to reach the water source. Couple the foot valve toone end of the hose and couple the other end to theraw water pump inlet. Couple as many collapsiblehose sections as needed, but no more than 500 feet,to connect the raw water pump to the boost pump.

Boost PumpLocate the boost pump assembly no more than18 feet from the pretreatment assembly. Connectthe collapsible hose from the discharge side of theboost pump to the pretreatment assembly inlet.

Pretreatment AssemblyConnect the pretreatment assembly to themultimedia filters using collapsible hoses. Thepretreatment assembly must be within 12 feet ofthe multimedia filters. Install vent valves in themultimedia filters. Install coagulant aid and scaleinhibitor drums and feeder pumps. Connect thepretreatment assembly outlet to the high-pressurepump inlet.

RO BlockAttach the high-pressure discharge hose from thehigh-pressure pump to the RO block. Attach

collapsible hoses from the product water and brinewater connections on the RO block. Insert thecontrol box cable from the pretreatment skid intothe socket on the high-pressure pump.

PRESTART CHECKSA number of checks must be made of the ROWPUsystem before it is put in operation. Prior to start-up, complete the following actions:

Verify connections of all equipment and con-necting hoses according to the system layout. Ifthis is the first start-up after loading or cleaningthe RO membrane elements, do not connect theRO product output hose to storage until you haveoperated the equipment for about 20 minutes andchecked the TDS of the product water. This allowsany foreign material or contaminated cleaningchemicals to flush away. Do not return con-taminated product water to the area where you aredrawing raw water.

Verify that the diesel engine-driven raw waterpump, boost pump, and high-pressure pump areserviced, operational, and properly connected.Check oil level and condition of the diesel engine.

Verify that the multimedia filters are loadedwith media and initially backwashes and rinsedin preparation for normal operation.

Verify that the cartridge filters have beenloaded per TM 5-4610-229-10.

Verify that the RO membrane elements havebeen loaded per TM 5-4610-229-10.

Complete all before-operation PMCS.Position all valves for normal operation as

listed in Table 4-2 (page 4-11).Verify that a drum of coagulant aid and a

drum of scale inhibitor are connected to theirrespective feeder pumps.

START-UP PROCEDURESA number of steps must be followed to startup theROWPU system after the prestart checks havebeen completed. To start up the system, do thefollowing:

Start the raw water pump diesel engine.Adjust the engine throttle to achieve a raw waterpressure of 50 psig at the raw water pressuregauge.

4-10

FM 10-52-1

Observe the vent valves on top of themultimedia filters as the filters are filling withwater. When the valves have closed, the filters arefull of water.

Start the boost pump diesel engine. Allow it torun at 45 to 50 psig, as indicated on the feedwaterpressure gauge.

Start injection of coagulant aid and scaleinhibitor by starting the chemical meteringpumps. Adjust the pump settings given inTable 4-3 (page 4-12).

Observe the feedwater flowmeter. It shouldnow indicate less than 350 GPM.

Increase pressure at the feedwater pressuregauge to approximately 100 psi by increasing thethrottle setting on the boost pump diesel engine.

Start the high-pressure pump diesel engine.Set the engine speed at a fast idle for five minutes.

Increase the throttle setting of the high-pressure pump diesel engine slowly to increase thereading on the feedwater flow gauge to 350 GPM.Continue to monitor the feedwater pressure gauge,raising the speed of the boost pump as required tomaintain 100 psi. It may be necessary to increase

the speed of the raw water pump slightly to assurethat pressure at the boost pump inlet is sufficientto maintain a hard hose. However, no product flowshould be indicated on the product water flowgauge.

Increase the speed of the high-pressure pumpslowly while gradually closing the brine throttlingvalve to achieve a reading not to exceed 108 GPMon the product water flow gauge. Observe thebrine concentrate pressure gauge at the sametime. Do not let the pressure exceed 820 psi.Pressure readings on the brine concentrate pres-sure gauge will vary depending on salinity of theraw water source.

Immediately check the feedwater flowmeter toensure that the feedwater flow rate is 350 GPM. Ifit is less than 350 GPM, increase the high-pressurepump speed and simultaneously open the brinethrottling valve to finally arrive at a maximum of350 GPM.NOTE: If the feedwater flow rate does not climbwith this adjustment, check the raw water andboost pump pressure readings and adjust tonormal operating limits.

4-11

FM 10-52-1

SYSTEM SHUTDOWNThe 150K ROWPU is designed to operate con-tinuously in normal operation until manuallyshut down. In normal operation, you maymanually start and stop the ROWPU equipmentas often as needed to maintain the desired productwater supply. Such short-term starts and stopsinvolve only starting or stopping the pumps,checking the water flow rate, and adjusting theappropriate controls as needed. For longer thanshort-term, shut down the ROWPU as follows, inthe order listed:

Open the brine concentrate throttling valve.This will reduce the pressure applied across themembranes and allow the RO block to be flushed.

Gradually reduce the speed of the high--pressure pump to low idle by pushing in the enginethrottle. To prevent damage to the turbocharger,let the engine run for five minutes at low idlebefore stopping the engine completely.

Push in the Kill Start lever to shut down theengine.

Shut off the chemical metering pumps.Bring the raw water pump and boost pump

diesel engines to idle for five minutes.Flip the boost pump control switch down to

stop the boost pump.Push in the stop button or flip down the

control switch (depending on pump model) to stopthe raw water pump.

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENTBefore the 150,000-GPD ROWPU system is moved,you must prepare the system and its components.After performing the shutdown procedures

described previously, prepare the system asfollows:

Disconnect all connecting water hoses andopen the cartridge filter and multimedia filterdrain valves to allow water to drain from the unit.If necessary, backwash the multimedia filter priorto movement.

Replace the filter cartridges. Be sure allinternal parts and the filter body are dry beforeinstalling new filter cartridges and reassembling.

Install all hose connector covers, makingcertain that all seal rings are in place.

Clean all external surfaces thoroughly toremove any corrosion or other foreign matter.Clean all surfaces except the electrical parts withwarm soapy water and a stiff bristle brush andflush with clean water.

Clean the electrical control box by wiping itwith a cloth moistened with silicone spray lubri-cant or similar substance.

Remove any corrosion by wire brushing orsanding. Touch up the paint, as necessary, toprevent further corrosion.

Prepare the RO block assembly for movementby installing hose connector covers and makingcertain that all seal rings are in place. Remove ROmembrane elements from the pressure tubes.Submerge each membrane element in a bathcontaining 1 percent formaldehyde solution forabout three to five minutes. Place each membraneelement in a polyethylene sleeve or plastic bag.Heat seal the sleeve or bag. Store the membraneelements indoors with a temperature range from40ºF to 120ºF.

4-12

FM 10-52-1

MAINTENANCETo maintain the 150,000-GPD ROWPU inoperating condition, you must periodically per-form a number of maintenance services. Theseservices are described in detail below.

Multimedia Filter BackwashThe backwash procedure uses filtered water fromtwo of the filters to backwash the third one.During this procedure, turn off both chemical feedpumps and the high-pressure RO pump. Use theraw water and the booster pumps, as required, toestablish the flow needed. The backwash pro-cedure includes slow backwash, fast backwash,slow backwash again, and finally back to service.The backwash and rinse flow rates are adjusted byvalve V-6. The exact amount of flow requireddepends on the water temperature: the cooler thewater, the less flow is required; the warmer thewater, the higher the flow required. For thebackwash procedure, a feedwater temperature of

77°F is assumed as noted from the feedwatertemperature indicator. At that temperature, therequired flow rates are 160 GPM for slowbackwash and 270 GPM for fast backwash. Referto Table 4-4 (page 4-13) for flow rates at othertemperatures.

RO Membrane CleaningPerform the RO membrane cleaning procedure ifthe ROWPU’s output deteriorates to an unaccept-able, level because of reduced membrane efficiency.Perform these step-by-step cleaning procedures onan operating system which has been producingpotable water and which can be found inTM 5-4610-229-10. Prior to starting this cleaningprocedure, make sure you have the followingequipment on hand: disconnect adapter, suctionadapter assembly, hose coupling with 1- to 2-footlength of suction hose, and membrane cleaningcompound (Hydrakleen-20).

4-13

FM 10-52-1

Cartridge Filter Elements ReplacementReplace the cartridge filter elements when thedifferential pressure across the filter (the dif-ference in pressure readings from PI-2 and PI-3)reaches 12 psig or more. The cartridge filter bodycontains 12 disposable filter elements. To replacefilter elements, shut down operations and followthe procedures in TM 5-4610-229-10.

RO Membrane Element ReplacementTwo operators are required for removing RO mem-brane elements. Be sure all pumps and feeders areoff. Remove the RO membrane elements from thepressure tubes as detailed in TM 5-4610-229-10.Remember to push RO membrane elements fromthe pressure tube in the same direction as thefeedwater flows. Push out the elements one at atime, using the unloading device. Support each ROmembrane element until it is free of the pressuretube as it is being pushed out from the oppositeend. Delay loading of the RO membrane elementsuntil ready for system start-up. Otherwise, theymay become wet prematurely, making theirstorage a consideration until ready to place thesystem into operation.

Multimedia Filter Media ReplacementThe multimedia filters are loaded with new filtermedia at the factory. The old filter media is

usually removed and discarded when proper flowand filtration can no longer be attained by meansof backwashing. Avoid breathing dust from thefilter media. Use an approved dust mask well-fitted to the face. Failure to comply can result insevere respiratory disorders and eventual death.Remove contaminated filter media by laying thefilter unit on its side with the manway near theground, fully open to access, and the bottom of thefilter slightly elevated (about one foot off theground). Remove the media from the tank by firstreversing circulation to fluidize the media bed andallowing free flow of the fluidized media out at themanway. When no more media will flow from thetank, continue backflow while jetting the sandwith a hose. Finally, it may be necessary to shutoff backflow, enter the tank, and finish removingthe last of the media by hand. Use care to avoiddamage to coating on the inside of the filter bodyand manhole cover. When standing inside thefilter body, be particularly careful to removeshoes/boots and to place feet carefully on the tanklining material. Do not step on or otherwiseoverstress any part of the underdrain assemblyduring erecting of the underdrain components orsubsequent loading of the filter media. Refer toTM 5-4610-229-10 for more detailed guidance onfilter media replacement.

Section VPRODUCTION REPORTS

DAILY WATER PRODUCTION LOGSDaily water production logs are importantbecause the information from these forms is usedto schedule resupply of POL, chemicals, and main-tenance. For this reason, the data entered on theproduction log should be complete and accurate.The daily water production log can tell you thequality of the raw water source by showing theamount of chemicals needed to make it potable.This will help in the future if you have to use thesame or a similar source for a water point. SeeFigure 4-4 (page 4-15) and Figure 4-5 (page 4-16) fora sample completed form. Reproduce DA Form1713-R locally on 8 1/2- by 1l-inch paper. Areproducible copy is in the back of this FM.

The following is guidance on completing theheader portion of DA Form 1713-R.

The Water Point No/ROWPU No. Each waterpoint will have a different number assigned to it asthere will probably be two or more water points indifferent areas of the operation. Additionally, logeach ROWPU by serial number. This will allowaccurate measurement of each ROWPU’s pro-duction time, consumption rates, and main-tenance status. By using different numbers, youwill be able to keep the information on each waterpoint and each ROWPU separate,NCO in Charge. By entering the name of theoperator of the ROWPU, you know who is respon-sible for each ROWPU on each shift.Shift No. By entering the shift number, you willhave more information about shift operation of aspecific ROWPU.

4-14

FM 10-52-1

4-15

FM 10-52-1

4-16

FM 10-52-1

Date. At the start of each new day, enter the date.By checking the forms over a period of time, youcan make an accurate estimate of the amountof chemicals and POL needed for extendedoperation.

The following is guidance on completing thefront of DA Form 1713-R. These columns will giveyou a report of the settings on the chemical pumpsand the total amount of each chemical used duringeach operating shift, by water point number andROWPU serial number.

Time. Enter the time the ROWPU was startedand the time the equipment was shut down. Thiswill give you the hours the ROWPU was inoperation for the day. If available storage is filledand the ROWPU is put into standby, log operationstop and restart times. Also log the time theROWPU is shut down for maintenance.

Citric Acid, Sodium Hex, Chlorine, andPolymer. Enter the initial knob setting andamount of chemical used for the initial charge.Make a separate log entry every time you rechargeany of the chemical feed pumps. Also make a logentry if you change the knob settings. You shouldalso make a log entry of the turbidity reading fromthe media filter every time you change the knobsettings on the polymer pump.

pH. Enter the initial pH reading of the raw waterand the pH from the product water. Also enter aperiodic pH reading of raw and product water,noting the time of the reading in the Time column.Take these readings whenever a significant eventoccurs that would have an effect on the pH oftreated water, and, in any event, at least every twohours. Also, log pH readings conducted during ROelement cleaning.

Chlorine Residual. Enter the residual readingtaken from the product water after at least30 minutes contact time. Repeat at 30-minuteintervals. Also note a temperature reading of thewater. This would allow for correct chemical com-putation of chlorine based on temperature of thewater.

Remarks. Enter the reason that the productionof water was halted (for example, backwashing,RO cleaning, cartridge filter replacement). Alsonote any significant event that may affect waterpoint operations.

Chemicals Used. Enter the total amount of eachchemical used for the shift. Start a new form foreach shift.

Chemicals on Hand. Enter the total amount ofeach chemical you have on hand for this ROWPUat the end of the shift. This amount should equalthe Chemicals on Hand total from the previousshift minus the Chemicals Used totals. If they donot match, make a note in the Remarks column toexplain the difference. If you receive suppliesduring your shift, note the amount of eachchemical received in the Remarks column and addit to the Chemicals on Hand column. If suppliesare issued to another ROWPU or another waterunit, make a note in the Remarks column. Sub-tract the amount of each chemical issued from theChemicals on Hand column.

The following is guidance on completing theback of DA Form 1713-R. These columns will giveyou a report of the flow rates and operatingpressures within the ROWPU during eachoperating shift by water point number andROWPU serial number. These readings should bemade hourly throughout the shift to monitor theoperational condition of the ROWPU. Theoperator must take prescribed operational or main-tenance steps based on these readings. Therefore,it is important that these readings be done fre-quently and accurately. This side of the form alsoallows you to compute the total gallons of productwater purified on each shift. The bottom of theform is used as a daily inventory of POL. Theamounts of POL and chemicals used during thatshift are recorded as well as the balance left onhand at the end of the shift, By knowing theamount of POL and chemicals used per day andthe amount you have on hand at the site, you willbe able to order supplies before you run out.

Time. Enter the time you started the ROWPUand the time that the equipment was shut down.This will give the hours the ROWPU was inoperation for the day. If available storage is filledand the ROWPU is put into stand-by, log the stopand restart times. Also log the time the ROWPUisshut down for maintenance.

Product Water Flow. Enter the reading fromthe product water flow gauge on the ROWPU. Thisreading should be the normal operating flow afterinitial start-up and should be measured con-tinuously during operation.

4-17

FM 10-52-1

Reverse Osmosis Pressure. Enter the readingfrom the RO pressure gauge. This reading shouldbe the normal operating pressure for the sourcewater (fresh, brackish, or salt). Take this readingand record it every hour during normaloperations.

Cartridge Filter. Enter the pressure differentialreading from the cartridge filter. This is thedifference in pressure from the top to the bottom ofthe filter and indicates the status of the cartridges.When the pressure differential exceeds the estab-lished limit, replace the cartridges. Whenreplacing cartridge filters, log the time you shutdown and start up the ROWPU. Note the replace-ment in the Remarks column.

Media Filter. Enter the pressure differentialreading from the media filter. This is the dif-ference in pressure from the top to the bottom ofthe filter and indicates the status of the media.When the pressure differential exceeds the estab-lished limit, backwash the media filter. Whenbackwashing the media filter, log the time youshut down and start up the ROWPU. Note that abackwash was conducted in the Remarks column.

Raw Water Flow. Enter the reading from theraw water flow gauge. You must maintain theproper flow of water into the ROWPU at all times.

The ROWPU can sustain serious damage if suf-ficient flow is not maintained.Brine Flow. Enter the reading from the brineflow gauge: Use this reading as an indicator of thestatus of your RO elements. If one or more of theelements fail, you would see a radical increase inthe brine flow. Use this reading during ROelement cleaning.Reverse Osmosis Vessels. Enter the pressuredifferential reading from the RO vessels. This isthe difference in pressure from the feedwater sideto the product water side of the membrane. Whenthe pressure differential exceeds the establishedlimit, clean the RO elements. When cleaning theRO elements, log the time you shutdown and startup the ROWPU. Note the cleaning in the Remarkscolumn. Also, note the flow rate readings thatoccur during the cleaning process.Total Dissolved Solids. Enter the TDSreading. This reading can come from either themeters equipped on the ROWPU or from theindividual TDS meter assigned to the operators.In either case, the TDS reading is made on the rawwater (fresh, brackish, or salt) to determine pro-duction rates. TDS readings are also made on theproduct water from each bank of RO elements todetermine if there has been membrane failure.Note in the Remarks column where the TDSreading is from.

Section VIPOL AND CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS

POL REQUIREMENTSTo plan for resupply of POL in support of con-tinuous water operations, you must know howmuch of each item is needed, where it will beneeded, and when it will be needed. The how,where, and when are closely related. They alldepend on the unit mission, the environment, howthe mission is to be accomplished, and the uniquecharacteristics of the unit. Plan ahead. Estimatefuel consumption as soon as possible so thatadequate supplies can be requested and on handwhen needed. The number of pieces of fuel-consuming equipment at each water point must beknown to determine petroleum needs.

You are responsible for estimating your petro-leum needs and submitting them in a timely

manner. You must determineneeds and report changes in

your unit’s initialconsumption that

warrant an adjustment in the supply distributionsystem. The most accurate method of estimatingpetroleum requirements is based on unit historicaldata which reflects the variables of weather,terrain, organizational strength, and operationalvehicles and equipment. Use actual experiencedata when conditions are similar and data isreliable and has been verified.

Compute POL requirements on a scheduledbasis, usually weekly or monthly. Consider thefollowing factors when you calculate petroleumrequirements.

4-18

FM 10-52-1

Displacement. Consider the average distanceand how often each vehicle moves. You need lessfuel to move a unit over roads than to move a unitacross country.Supply. Certain vehicles must make round tripsupply hauls during a displacement. Since thetrips are made to supply points located at varyingdistances from the unit, determine an averageround trip supply distance.Service. Daily supplemental needs exist formoving vehicles in bivouac areas, for recon-naissance, for engine warm-up, and for longperiods of low-gear operations. These are servicerequirements. Petroleum consumption depends onthe nature of the operation, weather, roads, andterrain.Housekeeping. Additional daily needs exist forgasoline-powered equipment and for operations,maintenance, and testing of power generators.Waste. Waste covers evaporation, spills, andsmall combat losses. Compute it only when a unitis moving over roads in the combat zone. It is notincluded in the bulk estimate when the unit ismoving over roads in the COMMZ or cross-country. Compute waste as 10 percent of the sumof all other consumption figures.Stationary equipment. This factor applies tofuel-consuming equipment which does not provideits own power to move. Generators and gas-drivenpumps are examples of such equipment. This typeof equipment will operate 20 hours a day.

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTSReview the completed daily production logs todetermine the amount of chemicals used per day.

This historical data will provide you with a goodguideline to follow in estimating the amount ofchemicals required. Review the logs over a periodof time, not just one or two days. A key to yourestimate will be the number of hours the equip-ment will be required to operate to support themission. When estimating the amount ofchemicals required to accomplish the mission,consider the following factors.

Chemical NeedsThe chemicals needed to operate ROWPUs arepolymer, citric acid, sodium hex, sodium bisulfite,and calcium hypochlorite. The chemicals youshould estimate are the ones for your unit’sauthorized equipment.

WasteDuring operation, waste is a common occurrence.Chemicals may be wasted by spills and smalllosses. You must plan ahead and include waste inyour total chemical requirement. The waste factorfor all chemicals is 15 percent. Add this factor toall chemical totals to ensure that enoughchemicals are available for the successful com-pletion of the mission.

Required ChemicalsIn order to determine the required chemicals for awater support mission, you must know the type ofequipment you have, the estimated hours of opera-tion, the equipment consumption rates, and typeof source water. Reliance on historical chemicalconsumption is the best method of determiningresupply rates and initial supply quantities.

4-19

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 5

Storage Operations

Section ISTORAGE OPERATIONS AT PURIFICATION SITES

DS STORAGEIn DS operations, maintain water storage at water other sharp objects. Each tank is provided withproduction sites in 3,000-gallon collapsible fabric suitable packing.bags called onion tanks. A combination of storedwater and available raw water provides theestimated command water reserve stock. Storagefacilities must be large enough to meet the dailypeak demands. This helps to eliminate long waitsat the water point by consumers and allows waterproduction units to remain operating for extendedperiods of time. Having sufficient storage capa-bility also avoids frequent time-consuming andinefficient start-ups and shutdowns of the waterpurifiers.

Site SelectionChoose a site that is free from sharp objects (forexample, rocks, sticks, and glass) which could cutor puncture the tank. The collapsible fabric watertank may be installed on a slope of up to 10 percent(l-foot rise in 10 feet of distance), but the tank baseshould not rest over abrupt drop-offs of greaterthan 4 inches.

Equipment UnpackingWhen unpacking the tank, inspect for damageincurred during movement. Check the equipmentagainst the packing slip to see if the shipment iscomplete. Report all discrepancies according tothe instructions in DA Pamphlet 738-750. Alsocheck to see whether the equipment has beenmodified.

Installation Instructions

If this is the first time you are using a new tank,carefully open the shipping container and removethe tank and packing material. If you areexchanging a tank, package the unserviceabletank in the empty container in the same mannerthat the new tank was packaged.

Set the tank on the ground with the threecarrying handles up. Remove the four straps fromthe D-rings to release the bundle. Unfold the coverfrom around the tank. Then lift the tank from thecover and set it in the center of your cleared site.Unroll the tank and unfold the sides. Remember toperform the before-operation PMCS prior to fillingthe tank. Fully spread out the tank, open end up, inthe installation area.

Remove the foot bellows and hose from therepair pouch, and connect the hose to the footbellows. Thread the foot bellows hose into one ofthe inflation valves in the tank collar. Open theinflation valve by turning the center part of thevalve clockwise. Close the remaining inflationvalves. Operate the foot bellows to inflate thecollar until it is firm, but do not overinflate as thecollar may be damaged if overinflated (maximumair pressure is 0.5 psi). You may inflate the tankcollar by attaching a standard automotive pumpto the automotive valve on the collar. Once youinflate the collar to the proper pressure, close theinflation valve by turning the center part of thevalve counterclockwise. Now unthread the footbellows hose from the inflation valve on the collar.

Use care when unpacking the tank. The tank can and thread it onto the inflation valve in the coverbe easily damaged by tools, packing box nails, or float. Open the inflation valve on the float, and

5-1

FM 10-52-1

PREPARATION FOR MOVEMENTOF DS STORAGE

inflate it with the foot bellows. Inflate it to 0.5 psi.Overpressure may cause damage. Once both areinflated, disconnect the hose from the foot bellows,and store these items in the repair pouch.

Remove either the dust plug from the fillerfitting or the dust cap from the discharge fitting.The filler fitting provides a 2-inch female couplingend, and the discharge fitting provides a 2-inchmale end. Use either, or both, for filling the tank.Connect the water supply line from the waterpurifier to the fitting and begin filling the tank. Donot exceed the capacity of the tank. If you do nothave a metering gauge available, the tank is fullwhen the water level reaches the lower edge of thetank’s collar. A maximum of 3,000 gallons ofwater may be put into the tank.

While the tank is being filled, place the cover(float side down) in position on top of the tank.Turn off and remove the supply line when the tankis full. You may wish to install a gate valve on thefiller/discharge ports of the tank. This will allowyou to remove or add hoses without loss of theproduct water. When placing the cover over the topof the filled tank, align the 10 handles around theedge of the cover with the 10 handle togglesaround the tank. Loop the cover handles over thehandle toggles, pull the handle toggles down overthe handles, and tuck the ends under the rope tosecure the cover into position. This providesprotection to the product water from incidental ordeliberate contamination.

Initial Adjustment and Daily ChecksYou do not need initial adjustments for the watertank. You should check the tank collar and coverfloat daily for adequate inflation. Adjust air pres-sure as required, remembering not to overinflate(0.5 psi maximum).

Water IssuanceIssue water from the tank from either the filler orthe discharge port. Remove the dust cap or plug,connect a 2-inch line that goes to either a nozzle ora distribution pump (such as the 125-GPM dieselor the 65-GPM electric), and you are ready to issuewater. Remember, if you are using a pump, youmust use a hard-walled, 2-inch hose connectionfrom the tank to the pump.

Several factors are involved in moving DS wateroperations. Take the following actions whenpreparing to move DS storage.

To prepare for moving the tank, first drain allwater from the tank by opening either the filler orthe discharge port. Disconnect the 10 handlesaround the edge of the cover from the 10 handletoggles. Next, remove the cover and deflate thefloat and the tank collar. When the tank is beingtaken out of service, make sure that the inflationvalves remain open. You may damage the tankcollar and cover float if the valves are closedduring movement or storage. Clean the outside ofthe tank, cover it with a mild detergent/watersolution, and rinse it thoroughly with clean water.Allow the cover and outside of the tank to drythoroughly. Using the inside lift handles, suspendthe tank, inside out. Do not lift or move the tankwith the lift handles if there is any waterremaining in the bottom of the tank. Damage tothe handles or tank fabric may occur. If needed,clean the inside of the tank with a milddetergent/water solution, and rinse thoroughlywith clean water. Keep the tank suspendeduntil dry.

When possible, make sure the tank is completelydry before beginning to fold it. Water will mildew,decreasing the life of the tank. Brush off stones,grass, or other debris that may accumulate on thetank. Lay the tank out flat on the ground, with thetank collar up. Grasp one side of the tank (not witha filler/discharge port), and fold inward, towardthe center. Grasp the opposite side of the tank andfold inward, over the first fold. Fold any overhangof the second fold back on top of itself. Starting atone end of the tank, tightly roll up the tank. Usetwo soldiers for this job to ensure that a tightbundle results. Lay the cover out flat, float side up.Lay the rolled-up tank on the cover, with its lengthperpendicular to the two-fold line. If the fold lineshave worn off the cover, the length of the tankshould run parallel to the ends of the cover. Foldone side of the cover, along the fold line, in andover the tank. Fold the other side of the cover,along the fold line, in and over the first fold. Foldthe end of the cover with the D-rings up and overthe tank. Fold the other end of the cover in so thatthe straps are brought to the underside edge of thefold. Grasp the enclosed tank, and tightly roll thebundle over onto the protruding end of the cover.

5-2

FM 10-52-1

Pull the straps under the D-rings. Bring back overthe first D-ring and under the second D-ring. Pullsnug to secure the bundle. The resulting bundleshould be tightly packed, with the three carryinghandles up.

REPAIRThere are two types of repairs to the tank: emer-gency and unit repair. Perform emergency repairwhen cuts or punctures occur in the tank when it isin use. Emergency repair items consist of woodplugs and sealing clamps and are stored in therepair pouch on the outside wall of the tank. Unitmaintenance repair consists of patching cuts andpunctures in the tank fabric.

Emergency RepairIn emergency situations, you can use wood plugsor sealing clamps for repair. The use of each isdescribed below.

Wood plugs. In emergencies, as an immediatetemporary measure, use the wood plugs for sealingsmall holes or punctures. The size of the hole ortear will determine the size of the wood plug to beused. For holes or tears up to 1/2 inch in size, usethe 3-inch plug. For holes or tears up to1 1/2 inches in size, use the 5-inch plug. Select thesize plug needed to fit (seal) the tank puncture, dipthe plug in water, insert it in the hole, and twistclockwise until the leak is either stopped or slowed.Make follow-up inspections of the wood plug, aspossible tightening may be necessary if the leakdoes not stop. If a leak is not stopped with the plug,use a small sealing clamp.

Sealing clamps. You can repair small slits,tears, or cuts (not to exceed 6 inches in length) withsealing clamps. The size of the damaged area oropening will govern the size of the clamp needed.For holes or tears less than 2 inches in length, usethe 3-inch clamp. For holes or tears 2 to 4 inches inlength, use the 5-inch clamp. For holes or tears 4 to6 inches in length, use the 7 l/2-inch clamp. It maybe necessary to increase the size of the tearslightly in order to insert the bottom plate of theclamp. Loop the cord around your wrist to preventthe loss of the clamp into the tank. Slip the bottomplate of the clamp through the hole or tear, and

rotate it until it is centered and its length runs withthe tear. Pull the bottom plate up against thefabric of the tank and slide the top plate down thecord onto the threaded stud on the bottom plate.With both plates now aligned, tighten the wingnut to clamp the tank wall between the two plates.Tighten just enough to stop the leak. If pliers areused, do not overtighten, as you might strip thestud threads or damage the tank fabric.

Unit RepairDo not proceed with unit repair of the onion tankuntil you read and understand the following defini-tions and general instructions. Repairs will notsucceed if these instructions are not followed.Definitions. The following definitions definethe three states of the patching adhesive asreferred to in this task. The definitions apply afterthe adhesive has been mixed and applied to thetank fabric.

Wet. Press one knuckle down into the adhe-sive. Lift slowly. If adhesive is left on the knuckle,it is wet. Knuckle may or may not lift the fabricbriefly.

Dry. Press one knuckle down into the adhe-sive. Lift slowly. If the knuckle does not lift thefabric briefly and no adhesive is left on theknuckle, it is dry.

Tacky. Press one knuckle into the adhesive.Lift slowly. When knuckle lifts fabric briefly andno adhesive is left on the knuckle, it is tacky.

General instructions. The following aregeneral instructions. For more specific repairprocedures, refer to TM 5-5430-225-12.

Patching of the tank fabric must not be done ifthe temperature is less than 60° F. Patching mustbe done in an area which will remain dry and at aminimum surrounding temperature of 60° F for48 hours.

Tank fabric should be completely dry beforebeginning repair.

Tank fabric which holds water must have twopatches: one on the inside and one on the outside.Apply the inside patch (water side) first.

5-3

FM 10-52-1

Tank fabric which does not hold water needs If patch must be applied in an area where itonly one outside patch. will come into contact with a previously installed

Do not mix adhesive before ready to begin patch, use emery cloth to smooth down the edgesrepair. Maximum shelf life of mixed adhesive is of the existing patch. There must be a smootheight hours. transition to the tank fabric.

Section IIBULK STORAGE OPERATIONS

BULK STORAGEIn areas where DS water systems are not capableof providing enough water supply, GSUs providethis capability. Purified water is introduced intothe water distribution system from purificationpoints located on- and off-shore. Water enters thesystem through the base terminal storage facility,where it is distributed to other terminals withinthe COMMZ and forwarded into the corps area byTWDS. The base terminal can vary in size from800,000 to 1,600,000 gallons. These GS waterterminals consist of 50,000-gallon collapsiblefabric tanks. DS bulk water storage systems aredesigned to receive water from SMFTs that movewater supplies from the GS water units in thecorps /COMMZ into the division/brigade area.The 40,000- and 300,000-gallon PWS/DSs areintended for use by divisional water supplyelements when required to issue potable waterobtained from GS water supply sources. The300,000-gallon system is equipped with sixteen20,000-gallon collapsible fabric tanks configuredeither as one 300,000-gallon tank farm or as two160,000-gallon tank farms. The 40,000-gallonsystem is equipped with two 20,000-gallon tanks.

MOVEMENT PLANS FOR THE PWS/DSGeneral factors are involved in the movement ofGS water storage operations. Review the fol-lowing steps prior to moving GS storage.

PlanningBefore moving a PWS/DS, you must develop amovement plan. First, find out how much time youneed to prepare crews and equipment for the move.You should complete some tasks before the move.These include surveying the area into which youwill move, coordinating with engineer units, and

developing a flow plan. Make sure all personneland necessary equipment are on hand whenbeginning the move.

Area SurveyGo over the area where you will locate the supplypoint. Look it over, and decide where to place theentire supply point. After choosing the area, con-sider what type of arrangement you need for thePWS/DS to ensure that the system will fit thesituation and the terrain. Also, decide where to putthe truck parking areas, the bulk storage areas(20,000-gallon collapsible tanks), and the distri-bution equipment areas.

Engineer SupportWhen surveying the new location for the first time,take a member of an engineer unit with you. Afterchoosing the sites for each part of the supply point,give this information to the engineer. With thisinformation, the engineer unit can prepareindividual tank sites, remove underbrush, cleartruck parking areas, and build improved roadsthrough the site, if they are needed. If engineersupport is not available, your unit will have toprepare the site.

Flow PlanAfter selecting the specific site for the actual partsof the water supply point, develop a flow plan. Theflow plan will assist in determining whether per-sonnel are handling the water and containers toomuch. The flow plan identifies steps that can beeliminated, combined, or changed to make theoperation more efficient. It can also indicateunnecessary delays in handling and transportingof the product. When developing the plan, consider

5-4

FM 10-52-1

the location of the storage and distribution equip-ment. Consider the flow of traffic through thesupply point. Permit only one-way traffic in thesupply point. Study the area and make a flow planbefore the supply point moves to the new location.

PersonnelMake sure that all personnel are on hand for themove to the new site. Since the PWS/DS isdesigned as an arid augmentation package, theunit will receive additional personnel.

such as a SMFT. Inform the drivers of the trans-porters where the new location will be or where tomeet to transfer the load to other tank vehicles.Use the transporters to store and issue water on atemporary basis at the old and new supply points.Start to take down the supply point as soon as thestorage tanks are empty. Base the sequence inwhich the equipment is taken down on the needsat the sites. Usually, dismantling of the PWS/DScomes first unless you use the leapfrog method. Itis important to work quickly once the order isgiven to move. The primary concern is to become

Equipment operational at the new location as soon aspossible.

Make sure the PWS/DS equipment is on hand andready for use. If any items are not working or aremissing, repair or replace them before you move.List the major items of equipment in your system.Request sufficient transportation assets to movethe equipment to the new site.

Loading PlanA loading plan is a management tool used formoving equipment and personnel efficiently andeffectively. The plan for loading equipment andpersonnel should apply to every type of trans-portation available. Complete the plan before themove to allow time for loading safely. Whenpreparing the loading plan, base the contents onall the types of transportation; the number ofpersonnel available; and the type, size, weight,and quantity of supplies and equipment to beloaded and in what sequence. Remember the lastitem loaded is the first item unloaded. Alwaysconsider the priority of loading and the safety ofequipment and supplies in transit. Design theplan to permit quick and efficient unloading andregrouping of personnel and equipment.

METHODS OF MOVINGMoving the PWS/DS consists of taking it down atone place, loading it on transporters, and movingit to a new site. There are two ways to do this:the one used depends upon the situation. The firstmethod is to move the entire system in onemove. The second way is to move the system byleapfrogging. Leapfrogging means that half of thesystem is moved to the new location, leaving theother half at the old site for limited support. Inusing this method, support to the consumer is notinterrupted during the move. In either method,first transfer water into some type of transporter,

SITE SELECTION FOR THE PWS/DSThe next higher HQ will assign an area of opera-tions. The section leader must choose a site withinthat area. Locate the water supply point as close tosupported units as dispersion factors, sources ofsupply, and the tactical situation permit. Usevacated sites or available existing facilities. Thesite chosen should be reasonably level and welldrained to prevent water damage to the equip-ment. Cover and concealment are importantfactors to consider when selecting a new site.Select a location that gives adequate cover fromenemy observation and attack. The site should belarge enough to meet the needs of water storageand distribution plans but not so large thathandling operations become inefficient. The siteshould have easy access to road nets and have atleast one road that runs through the supply point.Do not choose sites that are near important com-munication centers or near heavily populatedareas that could be enemy targets. There should betwo large areas for truck parking or staging areas.The site should be large enough to add moreequipment if needed. When selecting the site forthe supply point, the main items to consider arecover and concealment, road networks, dispersionfactors, terrain, and site preparation.

Cover and ConcealmentWhen considering cover and concealment, select asite that is in the woods or in a treeline wherenatural shadows disguise the shapes of the equip-ment. Always use camouflage nets whenever pos-sible. When laying out the operation, make use ofthe natural terrain contours and vegetation tobreak straight lines.

5-5

FM 10-52-1

Road NetsThe site chosen for the distribution and receivingpoints should be next to a road in the water supplypoint. Loading or unloading trucks and distri-bution to consumers can be done without leavingthe road nets in the supply point. Ensure thatthere is only one-way traffic.

Dispersion FactorsConsider the distance between pieces of equip-ment when selecting the location for the PWS/DS.The distance can vary with the terrain, naturalcover, concealment, hose availability, and theroad nets.

TerrainSelect level terrain for the PWS/DS. Look for asite without slopes. A large slope will cause filledtanks to roll. Put the pumps and the distributionequipment on level ground. Try to place thedistribution pumps at a slightly lower elevationthan the collapsible tanks to ensure suction atthe pump.

Site PreparationThe four major items of equipment to position inthe PWS/DS are the collapsible tanks, the pumps,the hypochlorinator, and the distribution equip-ment. Clear the entire tank farm of all sharpobjects that might puncture the tanks, such asstones or sticks. The tank sites should slope gentlytowards the discharge manifold end to help drainthe tanks. For more complete emptying of thetanks, a sump approximately 36 by 36 by 2 inchesshould be dug under the drain fitting to provide alow area for the water to collect. If a dike is needed,it should have an internal volume equivalent to orgreater than the volume of the tank (20,000 gallonsor 2,700 cubic feet). If an engineer unit is availableto assist in site preparation, give it thisinformation.

PWS/DS LAYOUTLay out the PWS/DS to take advantage of theterrain, natural cover, concealment, availablehose, and road nets. The standard arrangementsfor the PWS/DS are shown at Figure 5-1 (page 5-7)and Figure 5-2 (page 5-8). If these arrangementsare not suitable for the site, rearrange them to suitthe needs of the site. The supply point equipmentwill arrive by means of a convoy. Give the drivers

the exact location of the site. Someone must be atthe location prior to the convoy getting there. Thearea should be well suited for off-loading of theequipment. If the site has been prepared by theengineers, begin off-loading and laying-out opera-tions. If the site has not been prepared by theengineers, it is the water unit’s responsibility to doso. The first and major concern is to receive andissue potable water as soon as possible. For thisreason, off-load and lay out the storage tanks first,then off-load and lay out the distribution opera-tions. The best way to layout the PWS/DSis to putthe 20,000-gallon collapsible tanks in theirprepared sites first. Then put the pumps andhypochlorination unit in place, and lay out all thefitting assemblies and hoses. Make the con-nections, and attach the water distributionnozzles.

The 20,000-Gallon Collapsible TanksPreparing the 20,000-gallon collapsible tanksis relatively simple. Place the tanks in theprepared sites so that, when unfolded, they are inposition. Be careful not to step on the tanks whenunfolding them. Inspect the tank fabric for cuts,sags, or other possible damage. Also, ensure thatthe tank filler and vent assemblies are in goodworking order.

PumpsAfter putting the 125-GPM and the 350-GPMpumping assemblies in place, lower theretractable support and chock the wheels of the350-GPM pump.

HypochlorinatorAfter placing the hypochlorinator in position, putthe shims under the skids to help keep thehypochlorinator level. Then, raise the cover of theunit to ensure its serviceability.

StationsThere are four types of stations provided in thesystem: 4-inch loading stations, 2-inch loadingstations, dispensing stations, and bag-fillerstations. By connecting the 350-GPM pump as thedischarge pump, water can be pumped throughthe 4-inch hose section to and from SMFTs. Thereare four to eight 2-inch loading stations. The2-inch loading stations utilize 20-foot, 2-inch

5-6

FM 10-52-1

hoses. Quick-acting valves are used to control the bag-filler station, delivers water through awater flow through these hoses. There are four 1 l/2-inch hose to a nozzle kit for filling 5-gallondispensing stations. These stations deliver water plastic bags. There are three bag-filler stations inthrough hand-held nozzles. The third station, the system.

5-7

FM 10-52-1

PWS/DS OPERATIONSThe system can be divided into four basiccomponents: tanks, pumps, hypochlorinator, anddistribution equipment. These basic componentsare described below.

TanksEach tank is a fabric collapsible tank that willhold 20,000 gallons. It has suction, discharge,drain, and vent openings.

Pumps for the 300,000-Gallon PWS/DSFigure 5-1 (page 5-7) shows the location of thepumping systems in the 300,000-gallon PWS/DS.The 350-GPM pump is used to fill the tank and to

distribute water to the loading stations. Whenfilling the tank, water flows through inlet valvesand then through the 4-inch hoses into the tank.Close outlet valves during the filling operation.During distribution to the loading station, thevalve positions are reversed. The water, whendispensed, flows from the tank through the pumpand then the hypochlorinator unit, after whichdistribution is made to the loading station.

Pumps for the 40,000-Gallon PWS/DSFigure 5-2 (page 5-8) identifies the location of thepumping assemblies in the 40,000-gallonPWS/DS. The 125-GPM pump is used to fill thetanks and to distribute water to the loading

5-8

FM 10-52-1

stations. When filling the tank, water flowsthrough inlet valves, then through the 4-inchhoses into the tanks. Close outlet valves duringthe filling operation. During distribution to theloading stations, close inlet valves and open outletvalves. The water flows from the tank through thepump and then to the hypochlorinator unit, afterwhich distribution is complete to the loading ordispensing station.

HypochlorinatorThe hypochlorinator is located in the part of thesystem leading from the discharge side of thepump to the loading or dispensing stations. Thehypochlorinator has a bypass line which meterswater flowing through it. This metering systemcauses a proportionate but smaller amount ofwater to flow through the hypochlorinator where asolution of chlorine is added. Bypass water andhypochlorinated water then mix downstream ofthe hypochlorinator unit prior to distribution atthe loading stations.

Distribution EquipmentTwo to eight hose connection kits, four nozzleconnection kits, and one bag-filler connection kitcomprise the water distribution system for thePWS/DS. Dispense water through any or all ofthese kits. Valves control the flow of waterthrough each dispensing unit.

PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTSProper use of assigned personnel is one of the mostimportant parts of managing a water supplypoint. It is important that specific tasks beassigned to personnel at the water supply point.The best way to use all the personnel wisely is tolet the job determine the assignment. For example,if no issues are scheduled for distribution, usepersonnel to improve the camouflage and conceal-ment of the area, improve drainage ditches androadways, and make sure equipment is service-able. Although the number of persons assigned toa specific task may vary with the mission, it is stillpossible to obtain an average number for eachoperation. Eleven soldiers are needed to operatethe PWS/DS efficiently.

Assign two soldiers to the receiving manifold.They are responsible for transferring water fromthe transporter to the storage system. Theyoperate all valves at the receiving point and makeall necessary hose connections.

Assign six soldiers to the pumps and controlvalves. Three of the six are on the receiving pumpsand the other three are on the distribution pumps.On the receiving side, one person operates thepump and the other two control valves on thedischarge and receiving manifold on the tanks.On the distribution side, one person operates eachpump and the third person operates thehypochlorinator.

Assign three soldiers to the distribution,loading, and bag-filler stations. They are respon-sible for dispensing and controlling water flow.They must prepare the various filling points,operate the control valves, and make all necessaryhose connections.

PWS/DS DISASSEMBLYThis paragraph contains guidance for shuttingdown and packing the PWS/DS prior to trans-ferring the system to a new work site or returningit to storage. Because of the variety of installationarrangements possible with the PWS/DS, there isno single sequence of procedures for shutdown ofthe system. It is recommended, however, that asmuch water as possible be removed from thesystem while it is still intact. This involves usingthe 125-GPM pump to drain the storage tanks toremove as much water as possible before thepumps are disconnected. When emptying thestorage tanks, it is not necessary to chlorinate thewater removed, unless it is to be saved for futureconsumption. If the water is to be discarded,disconnect the hypochlorination unit beforepumping water from the storage tank. Disassem-ble the system in reverse order of assembly. Per-form the following steps prior to repacking:

Drain, dry, and then cap and plug all hoseassemblies.

Drain and dry all metal assemblies, such asvalves and tee assemblies. Cap and plug theseitems, as applicable.

Remove and retain the two quick-disconnectelbows from the suction and discharge side portnipples on the top of each of the collapsible tanks.Then attach a protective cap to each of thesenipples.

Drain each tank by turning the gate wheel onthe drain hose assembly which is attached to thedrain fitting in the tank bottom. Remove the drainhose assembly and thread the protective plug intothe tank drain fitting. Collapse, fold, and repackthe tank into its container.

5-9

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 6

DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS

Section IHOSE LINE DISTRIBUTION

GS DISTRIBUTIONIn areas where DS water systems are not capableof providing enough water supply, GSUs providethis capability. Purified water is introduced intothe water distribution system from purificationpoints located onshore and offshore. Water entersthe system through the base terminal storagefacility where it is distributed to other terminalswithin the COMMZ and forwarded into the corpsrear area by the TWDS. Water is moved forwardfrom the corps rear area into the division andbrigade support area by the SMFT. These two GSdistribution systems will be discussed in moredetail below.

TWDSThe TWDS is intended for operation by a watersupply company or tactical water distributionteam. The system consists of quick-laying fabricwater hose lines, pumps, and fittings and canpump up to 600,000 GPD. The system is packagedwith all items of equipment needed to lay 10 milesof hose line. The mission of the tactical waterdistribution team is to lay, operate, and retrievethe TWDS. These teams normally augment awater supply company to supplement that unit’sbulk water distribution capability in a GS role.The TWDS transports potable water across levelterrain for distances up to 10 miles. Water maybestored in two 20,000-gallon collapsible fabrictanks, chlorinated and distributed to users, orused to supply PWS/DS. The following is anexplanation of how each functional group contri-butes to the operation of the entire system.

Operate the hose line pumps in one of threemodes: manual, electric manual, or electric auto-matic. In the manual mode, you control enginespeed by manual movement of the throttle knob.Engine speed can be adjusted from a minimum of1,000 RPM to a maximum of 2,500 RPM. In theelectric manual mode, engine speed can beadjusted across the same range by manual move-ment of the speed control on the pressureregulator. In the electric automatic mode, enginespeed is automatically adjusted by an electricspeed control governor that is actuated bychanges in water pressure at the pump suctionport. During normal operations, the pump dis-charge pressure is 150 ±5 psi when pump suctionpressure is above 20 psi. When pump suctionpressure falls to 20 psi or less, the speed controlgovernor reduces engine speed. At a suction pres-sure of lO psi or less, engine speed is reduced to idle(1,000 RPM) to prevent possible collapse of thesuction line and damage to the unit. Similarly, ifpump suction pressure rises above 120 psi, enginespeed reduces to idle to prevent pump dischargepressure from exceeding 155 psi. This preventspossible hose line damage due to excessively highpressure.

The TWDS is designed so that the lead pumpingstation can be operated in the manual or electricmanual modes while the downline boost pumpingstations can be operated in the manual, electricmanual, or automatic modes after the initial start-up. The lead pumping station must be constantlymanned during TWDS operation while the boost

6-1

FM 10-52-1

pumping stations operating in the electric auto-matic mode require only periodic monitoring andrefueling. At a minimum, a crew must service eachof the boost pumping stations every three hourswhile the TWDS is operating. If one of the boostpumping stations fails while unattended, theTWDS continues to operate at a reduced capacity.

When any pumping station is operated in themanual or electric manual modes, monitor for lowsuction pressure or high discharge pressure. Lowsuction pressure can result from improper spacingof the pumping stations; an obstruction, pinchpoint, or break in the upline hose line; a closedupline valve; or a disabled upline pump.

Filling a storage bag/tank may also cause atemporary loss in suction pressure to a downlinepumping station. High discharge pressure canresult from high suction pressure, a closeddownline valve, or a pinch point or obstruction inthe downline hose line. If pumping station suctionpressure falls below 10 psi or if discharge pressurerises above 155 psi, manually reduce engine speedto idle until you identify and correct the reason forthe improper condition.

Prime the pump at the lead pumping stationbefore starting. Start the pumps at the downlineboost pumping stations after the water columnarrives from the lead or upline pumping station. Ittakes the advancing water column approximately20 minutes to travel two miles. If a boost pumpingstation pump does not start when the watercolumn arrives, close the butterfly valve at thesuction port on the pump to prevent the arrivingwater column from rushing through the pump andcreating a turbine effect which can damage thepump impeller. If this situation develops, monitorthe upline pumps for an increase in dischargepressure above 155 psi. If the discharge pressureexceeds this limit, manually reduce engine speedto idle until you start the downline boost pump, orbypass the boost pump and allow the watercolumn to proceed to the next downline boostpump. If discharge pressure still exceeds 155 psi,the upline pumps must be shut down and restartedwhen the downline pump becomes operational.

The lead pumping station is equipped withlengths of rigid-walled, wire-reinforced suctionhose for connecting to the water source (PWS/DS).This hose does not collapse at low suction pres-sure. Each pumping station is equipped with acheck valve installed in the discharge line. This

check valve closes and prevents water fromflowing back through the pump in the event ofpumping station failure. A gear-actuated butterflyvalve is installed in the suction and dischargelines. Close these valves to isolate and bypass thepumping station from the hose line.

SITE AND ROUTE SELECTIONPrior to installing TWDS equipment, you mustthoroughly study the terrain. Determine a generalroute for the hose line and general locations for thepumping stations, storage assemblies, and distri-bution points from examination and comparisonof maps, photographs, and charts. Some elementsto be considered in selecting a route and instal-lation sites for TWDS are:

Whether TWDS will operate independently oras part of a large system.

The assigned mission for TWDS (issue, dis-tribution, or storage).

Expected length of time TWDS will berequired to operate.

Elevation differences and distances TWDSwill encounter along its route.

Organize a ground reconnaissance prior toinstallation of TWDS to determine exact locationsfor pumping stations, storage assemblies, anddistribution points. If possible, site locations mustbe near or parallel to existing roads to easetransportation, assembly, inspection, main-tenance, and disassembly of the system. Avoidroutes along the banks of streams, marshes,ponds, gullies, ravines, or other areas subject toflooding. Whenever possible, the hose line is laidout on firm, dry, level ground that allows easyaccess and is not subject to flooding. Minimumrequirements for selecting the route are a sketch ofthe proposed hose line route, odometer distances,and enough topographic information (surveyingaltimeter elevations) to establish relative altitudeat various points along the hose line route. Use thefollowing guidelines to gain maximum effec-tiveness for installation and operation of thesystem:

The route must be direct and present a mini-mum number of obstacles and obstructions.

A route parallel to a secondary all-weatherroad is preferable to one along a heavily traveledroad.

If roadways do not exist or cannot be used,select a route that is accessible to vehicles layingthe hose line.

6-2

FM 10-52-1

Plan to locate a junction of two hose linelengths at installation sites for each boostpumping station and storage assembly.

Keep security precautions in mind. Usenatural camouflage whenever possible and avoidrouting hose lines through populated areas.

In selecting pumping station installation sites,determine the location of the lead or first pumpingstation by location of the water source. Spacepumping stations at two-mile intervals, assumingthat the route is reasonably direct and the terrainis level. However, a substantial rise or fall inelevation along the hose line route may requireadjustment of standard spacing intervals asfollows:

If the next downline pumping station issubstantially higher in elevation than the uplinepumping station, shorten the distance betweenthem.

If the next downline pumping station issubstantially lower in elevation than the uplinepumping station, lengthen the distance betweenthem.

Adjustments to spacing between pumpingstations (due to elevation change) assure thatwater pressure is maintained within optimumoperational range. Under normal conditions,TWDS delivers water to the suction port of eachboost pumping station at a pressure of 20 psig.When suction pressure falls below 20 psig, boostpumping stations are designed to begin reducingspeed when operated in the electric automaticmode. Therefore, if an upline pumping station issubstantially lower than the next downlinestation and the elevation difference has not beenoffset by spacing adjustments, suction pressure atthe downline pumping station may fall below20 psig and cause that pump to slow down. This, inturn, will cause remaining downline boostpumping stations to slow down, seriouslydegrading overall performance of the TWDS.

After you plot locations of pumping stations,check the ground profile for any sharp declines inelevation along the hose line route. An excessivedrop in elevation significantly increases the pres-sure of water as it flows downhill. If pressurebuilds to 225 psi, the hose line can rupture andequipment failure results. Therefore, when theground profile indicates a sharp elevation dropalong the route, install a pressure-reducing valvein the hose line. To determine the location of the

pressure-reducing valve, refer to the ground pro-file and the outline in TM 5-432-303-10. Ifelevation continues to drop excessively beyond thefirst pressure-reducing valve installation point,install a second pressure-reducing valve in thehose line.

In selecting a site for the storage assemblies,keep in mind you may not need the storageassemblies depending on the TWDS mission.Also, the storage assemblies must be installednear the junction of two 500-foot lengths of hoseline. When selecting a site for installation of thedistribution points, remember that, depending onthe TWDS mission, the distribution points maynot be required and the distribution points canonly be installed in conjunction with a storageassembly.

TWDS INSTALLATIONInstalling the 10-mile segment consists ofinstalling a 6-inch, hard-walled suction hose toconnect the lead pumping station and the watersource; installing road-crossing guards and aerialsuspensions as required; laying the hose line; and,if required, installing the pressure-reducing valve.Depending on the route selected for the hose line,the results of pressure loss/gain calculations, andthe intended mission of the TWDS, the road-crossing guards, aerial suspensions, and pressure-reducing valve may not be required.

If one or all of these items need to be installed,transport the equipment to its respective instal-lation site so that installation can occur in con-junction with the hose line-laying operation.

Install the hose line by first connecting theleading end of the upper length of the hose lineto the butterfly valve on the discharge hoseassembly at the lead pumping station usingthe victaulic coupling attached to the leadingend of the hose line length. The hose is then flakedfrom the rear of a moving truck. Manually movethe hose to a secure position. Connect the 500-footlengths of hose line using victaulic couplings onthe leading end of the hose line lengths. At everyother connection, install a swivel joint. To installthe swivel joints, use the victaulic coupling onthe leading end of the hose line length andan additional victaulic coupling to connectthe swivel joint to the trailing end of the next hoseline length. Whena predetermined

the truck moves forward alongroute, the hose flakes out of

6-3

FM 10-52-1

the flaking boxes and is laid out manually behindthe truck. As the hose flakes out, pick it upand move it to a secure position 5 to 10 feet fromthe roadway. Straighten any bends or kinks inthe hose line. Restrain the hose manually untilthe first 50 feet of hose is in place. After 50 feetof hose is in position, the weight of the hose willhold the line in place. The assistant driver mustobserve the hose-laying operation at the rear ofthe truck. He tells the driver to speed up, slowdown, or stop the truck depending on the needsof the line walkers straightening and reposi-tioning the hose line. Also, he must observethe hose as it flakes out of the flaking boxfor catching or binding. The recommended hoselaying speed is approximately 3 MPH. Theoptimum speed of any hose-laying variesdepending upon the terrain, available manpower,and how far the hose must be moved between thepoint at which it flakes off the truck and its finalsecured position. Do not leave the hose exposed onany roadway or track that is traveled by othervehicles. Retain empty flaking boxes, tailgates,and breakaway for repacking and redeployment.Connect subsequent truck loads of hose line tohose line already laid. Connect hose line to eachboost pumping station, storage assembly, and, ifrequired, the pressure-reducing valve as thoseinstallation sites are reached.

The overall manpower requirements for a hoseline-laying or retrieval operation are shown inTable 6-1 (page 6-5). A minimum of two trucks withcrews of five men each, alternately laying hoseand reloading the trucks, is recommended forefficient hose laying. A crew consists of onesupervisor, one truck driver, one assistant driver,and two line walkers. The assistant driverobserves the actual flaking of the hose from theflaking boxes and the work of the line walkers.The assistant driver tells the driver to vary thespeed of the truck according to the speed and needsof the line walkers and also stops the operation ifthere is a problem with the hose. A minimum oftwo line walkers follow behind each truck,straightening kinks or bends in the hose line. Theline walkers are also responsible for picking up thehose line and moving it away from the roadway.

If the hose line must be laid across a roadway orrailroad, the hose is laid under an existing bridgeor through an existing culvert. Pull the leading

end of the hose through the culvert using a rope. Ifno bridge or culvert is usable, construct expedientroadway crossings using the roadway crossingguards provided. The hose line must never beburied unprotected because the weight of the fillcan collapse the hose, and any sharp rocks incontact with the hose can cause a puncture. Nail aplank to the bottom of the guard for greater hoseprotection. If it is necessary to lay the hose under arailroad bed, dig a tunnel beneath the gravel of therailbed (if possible). Do not lay the hose directly inthe trench or railbed because the shifting gravelcan gradually damage the hose.

Aerial suspensions are the most effective andreadily installed means of crossing streams anddeep gaps. Use suitably protected and securesuspension crossings in these cases. Makeadequate provision to permit free passage of thedisplacement ball. For wide crossings, build asuspension bridge to provide a flat deck or floor tosupport the entire length of the hose and eliminatebends which occur if suspension cables were used.If available, install the hose line on an activelyused bridge. If the hose line is installed on anactively used bridge, secure it outside the bridgestructure. Crossings must not interfere with thepassage of ships and must provide clearance fromflood stages. Each hose line suspension kit pro-vides adequate material for one 300-foot widecrossing or two shorter crossings. Materials forthe construction of suspension towers are notincluded in the kit and must be obtained locally.When constructing suspension towers for spansup to 75 feet, short towers constructed of 4- by4-inch timber or similar material can be used aslong as adequate clearance is ensured. For spansover 75 feet, construct towers of 6- by 8-inch timberor similar material to provide adequate clearanceand strength. Anchor all suspension towers byguy lines to pickets provided in the suspension kit.

If required, install the pressure-reducing valveat the location determined by calculations. Toinstall the pressure-reducing valve, disconnecthose line lengths at the site designated for instal-lation of the pressure-reducing valve by removingthe victaulic coupling. Position the pressure-reducing valve between the hose line lengths withthe directional arrow on the valve pointing in thedirection of the water flow. Always place apressure-relief valve on the pressure-reducingvalve, on the upline side.

6-4

FM 10-52-1

TWDS DISASSEMBLY AND PACKINGDisassembly of the 10-mile hose line segmentrequires the same tools, equipment, and personnelused to install the hose line. The displacement andevacuation kit and the packing kit will be requiredto pack the hose line segments into their flakingboxes.If a forklift is not available, the lifting slingwill be required to load, unload, and stack theflaking boxes.

The hose line is evacuated by passing thedisplacement ball through the hose by air pres-sure. Place the ball receiver on one end of a500-foot segment and place the pneumatic coupleron the other end. The 250-cfm air compressorsupplies pressurized air (80 to 90 psi), forcing theball through the hose and displacing any residualwater.

Once the ball arrives at the receiver, the aircompressor is shut off; pressurized air is releasedby opening the coupler; and the ball is removedfrom the receiver.

Compress the hose line by replacing the ballreceiver with an end cap on the 500-foot hosesegment that has just been evacuated. Install theejector assembly on the pneumatic coupler andconnect it to the air compressor. After 10 minutesof operation, the hose line will be collapsed.Remove the pneumatic coupler and ejector andplace another end cap on the hose segment. Thishose segment is now ready for recovery.

If properly compressed, the pullboards will notbe needed to reflake the hose. Reflaking the hose isaccomplished in the reverse order of flaking.

Section IISMFT DISTRIBUTION

SMFTTransportation medium truck companies use5,000-gallon tanks for line haul of potable waterfrom corps GS PWS/DSs to the division andbrigade support area PWS/DSs in arid operations.DSUs use 3,000-gallon tanks for unit distributionto large consumers. The following describes theinstallation, operation, and repair of the SMFT.

Installing Tie-Down KitPrior to mounting the SMFT on a semitrailer,install the tie-down kit. Procedures for doing thisare as follows.

Clear the trucknails, and other

bed of splinters, protrudingforeign objects that could

puncture or chafe the tank.Secure the tank to the trailer with a four-belt

tie-down kit. There are two anchor points per beltto provide maximum support to the tank duringtransport. Each anchor point consists of a5/8-inch-diameter eyebolt, two retaining plates,one 5/8-inch hex nut, and one lock-washerassembly.

Locate the anchor points as shown in Figure 6-1(page 6-6), Figure 6-2 (page 6-7), and Figure 6-3

6-5

FM 10-52-1

Installing Tank on Trailer Bed(page 6-8) and install as shown. Recheck the areafor sharp objects. If the surface is rough andjagged, it will be necessary to place plywood or atarpaulin for the tank to rest on.

Attach the ratchet take-up mechanism to eachanchor point as shown in Figure 6-1 (page 6-6),Figure 6-2 (page 6-7), and Figure 6-3 (page 6-8)by placing the clevis of the ratchet take-upmechanism over the eyebolt anchor point. Jointhem with the clevis pin.

Lay the tie-down straps crosswise to the lengthof the semitrailer bed and at a slight diagonal.Accurately center the belts between the eyebolts.

Do not walk unnecessarily on the tank, and onlydo so with soft-soled shoes. Do not drop sharpobjects on the tank, such as wrenches or fittings,

Using a lifting device such as a forklift or crane,take hold of the sling assembly by its lift strapsand place the tank on the semitrailer in such amanner that the tank will unroll towards the rearof the trailer. The tank end should be near ortouching the trailer bulkhead.

Remove the straps from the buckles on the slingassembly, and unroll and unfold the tank over thetie-down straps. Visually inspect the tank whileunrolling it. Position it so that when it is full, theends or sidewalls of the tank will not rub against

Let the remaining portion of the belts lie over the the forward bulkhead or hang over the sides of theside of the trailer. Ensure that each strap is not trailer. Remove the sling assembly from under thetwisted and is lying flat. The area is now prepared tank, and place it in the trailer stowagefor tank unfolding. compartment.

6-6

FM 10-52-1

6-7

FM 10-52-1

6-8

FM 10-52-1

Filling the TankBefore using the tank for the first time or afterprolonged storage, flush the tank with superchlori-nated water. Then proceed as described here.

Inspect the tank body for any punctures ortears. Inspect the fittings and components forevidence of damage or missing bolts or gaskets.Check to see that the tank is properly installed.The trailer bed should be level to prevent the tankfrom rolling.

Tighten all the bolts in the fittings. Use 70 ±5 foot pounds torque on the l/2-inch-diameterbolts in the end clamps. The rubber in a new tankwill cold-flow under the pressure and the torquewill drop. Retorque tanks periodically until therubber has set and the torque does not dropappreciably. If leakage is noted at the fittings orif the tank is subjected to hard usage, retightenthe bolts.

Attach the pressure gauge to the filler/dis-charge valve. Open the pressure gauge valve.

Before starting to fill the tank, expel air fromboth the tank and the supply hose. After purgingair from the tank, close the 4-inch tank inlet valve.After purging air from the supply hose, turn off thesupply pump.

The free ends of the hold-down belts should nowbe brought over the top of the tank and down theother side through the ratchet take-up mechanismattached to the truck bed. Slide the ends of the beltthrough the slot in the ratchet assembly. Fold theend of the belt back, and hold manually until oneturn has been taken on the roll-up spool.

Now attach the supply hose to the tankfill/discharge valve. You should have one soldieron the pump, one soldier controlling the hose, andone soldier visually inspecting the tank. Start thepump, and open the valve at the fill/dischargeport on the tank.

Tighten the belts to the maximum possible withone hand on the ratchet handle. Use your hand tosteady the ratchet assembly so that the belt willwind flat and true. If the tank ends are not levelwith the floor of the trailer, level the tank byreleasing the ratchet on one side of the tank andthen taking up the slack by tightening the oppo-site ratchet. After tightening each ratchetassembly, see that the ratchet handle has droppedsecurely into the locking mechanism. When allratchet assemblies have been tightened uni-formly, the pressure in the tank may increaseapproximately 1/2 psi.

Continue filling the tank while monitoringthe pressure. The closed system of filling a tankallows the pressure to build up very rapidly asthe tank reaches full capacity. Fill the tankto a final minimum pressure of 4 psi and amaximum of 6 psi.

After filling the tank to the correct pressure,shut off the filling hose valve. Next shut off thetank filler/discharge valve. Finally idle down andstop the pump. Disconnect the filling hose. Youwill experience some loss of water between thevalves at this point. The water between the valvesis under pressure: low pressure if the filling hose isshut off first as just described and high pressure ifthe tank valve is shut off first.

Close the pressure gauge valve and remove thegauge. The gauge is needed only to fill the tank.Keep the gauge in the cab of the tractor so it doesnot become damaged.

The tank is now properly filled and secured fortransportation. Regularly check for tight belts.They should be tightened at least every two hours.The tank must be totally full or totally empty to betransported.

Emptying the TankNo pressure will show on the pressure gauge Empty the tank by gravity or by the use of a pump.

until the tank is 2 feet high. From that point on, Both procedures are described below.periodically check the exact tank pressure byclosing the 4-inch filler/discharge valve on the Empty by gravity. The end of the tank oppositetank to obtain a precise tank pressure reading. the valve must be at least 8 inches to 10 inchesBring the supply pump to idle while you are higher than the valve end of the tank for completemaking this reading. tank emptying. The valve corner should be the

lowest level of the tank. Use grade elevation orContinue filling the tank after the pressure portable ramps under the trailer wheels. Connect

reading has been taken until you reach 3 psi. At one end of the 4-inch hose to the filler/discharge3 psi, stop filling the tank. port. Connect the other end to the line or receiving

6-9

FM 10-52-1

container. Open the filler/discharge valve on thetank to start the flow. After the tank is empty,close the filler/discharge valve and remove thehose. Unstrap the tank and roll it up to allow thetransporter to backhaul if necessary.Empty by pump. You will need at least twosoldiers for this operation: one to operate the tankvalve and one to operate the pump. Connect oneend of the 4-inch hose to the tank filler/dischargeport. Connect the other end of the hose to thesuction side of the pump. Open the tankfiller/discharge port. Start the pump and idle up.Determine the emptying rate by the capacity ofthe pump. After the tank is empty, idle and shutdown the pump. Close the filler/discharge valve,and disconnect the 4-inch hose. The tank must berolled up and secured to the bulkhead when not inuse, even if the trailer is not being used tobackhaul. If left flat and empty, the tank andvalve will be damaged during movement.

Repairing the TankRepair the tank with sealing clamps or woodenplugs. Both repair procedures are described below.Repairs with sealing clamps. Repair smallslits, tears, or cuts (not to exceed 6 1/2 inches inlength) with sealing clamps. The size of thedamaged tank area (opening) needing repairgoverns the size of the clamp used to affect a tankrepair. The following criteria are furnished asguidance in selection of appropriate size clamps:

For holes (tears) up to 2 inches in length,install the 3-inch sealing clamp.

For holes (tears) 2 to 4 inches in length, installthe 5-inch sealing clamp.

For holes (tears) 4 to 6 1/2 inches in length,install the 7 l/2-inch clamp.

It maybe necessary to increase the size of thetears slightly in order to be able to insert thebottom plate of the sealing clamp.

Slip the bottom plate of the sealing clampthrough the hole or tear and rotate it until it iscentered and parallel to the tear.

Center the top plate of the sealing clamp onthe threaded shank and directly over the bottomplate.

Tighten the wingthe tank wall betweenenough to stop the leak,

6-10

nut to securely clampthe two plates. TightenIf pliers are used, do not

exert extreme tightening that might strip thethreads of the clamp stud or that might damagethe tank fabric.Repairs with wooden plugs. As an immediate,temporary measure in emergencies, use thefurnished wooden plugs for expedient sealing ofsmall holes or punctures. Select the plug sizeneeded to fit (seal) the tank puncture, insert in thehole, and twist clockwise until the fit becomesquite snug and the tank leak is either stopped orslowed to the greatest possible degree. Follow-upregular inspection should be made of the insertedplugs, as possible tightening of the plugs may benecessary if the leak resumes. Later, if the leak isnot totally stopped, the use of a small sealingclamp may become necessary. The size of hole ortear will determine the size of wooden plug to beused as follows:

For holes (tears) up to approximately l/2inchin size, use the 3-inch long plug.

For holes (tears) up to approximately1 1/2 inches in size, use the 5-inch long plug.

REPACKING THE TANKFigure 6-4, page 6-11, illustrates repackingprocedures. Use the following procedures to packthe tank.

Begin by removing the pressure gauge. Dis-connect and remove the hold-down kit ratchets.Hang the loose ends of the belts over the sides ofthe trailer.

Fold the tank almost in half lengthwise. Lay thetop fold of the tank down approximately 1 footshorter than the bottom fold. The ends will then beequal when the tank is rolled.

Begin to roll the tank. It is necessary that thefirst roll be circular and tight, otherwise the tankwill be hard to roll and make a large package.After the first few uses, the tank will become moreflexible and easier to roll and unroll.

Slip the sling around and under the tank if thetank is to be transported to a new trailer or placedback into its shipping box. The sling is located inthe semitrailer stowage compartment.

Roll and store the belts, pressure gauge,ratchets, bolts, and plates in a prepared area,preferably in a box in the nose of the trailer. Padthe pressure gauge to avoid damage.

FM 10-52-1

Section IIIFAWPSS DISTRIBUTION

FAWPSSFAWPSS components are lightweight and air The drums weigh approximately 4,500 pounds fulltransportable. They can be delivered by LAPES, and 300 pounds empty and are shaped like theparachute airdrop, or sling load delivered by 250-gallon drum. The remaining paragraphs ofArmy utility helicopter. The FAWPSS is also this section describe procedures for inventory,transportable by ocean cargo ship, rail car, stan- assembly, operation, and disassembly of thedard military 5-ton cargo truck, or a semitrailer. FAWPSS.

6-11

FM 10-52-1

InventoryBefore performing the procedures described in thissection, ensure that all components for one entireFAWPSS are on hand.

Each component of the FAWPSS has beenlabeled with a part number, identification num-ber, or specification number. FAWPSS compo-nents are illustrated in Figure 6-5 (page 6-13)and identified in the component list (Table 6-2,page 6-14). The quantity of each is also given.The only activities required for assembly of theFAWPSS are unpacking and positioning theequipment and attachment of quick-disconnectassemblies. It is not necessary to use wrenches,screwdrivers, or other tools. In several instances,components are attached to one another atthe factory.

Select a flat, solid, debris-free area withadequate terrain drainage. This area shouldmeasure approximately 30 feet by 120 feet and befree of overhead obstacles to permit delivery andremoval of water storage drums by helicopter.

Note that some system components, whilehaving similar names and a like appearance, areactually different. For instance, discharge waterhose assemblies (items 6, 7, and 14 in Figure 6-5and Table 6-2, pages 6-13 and 6-14) differ fromeach other. Be careful during assembly to avoidinterchanging these and other similar items.

Assembly ProceduresWhen unpacking the FAWPSS containers, takecare to avoid nails which can puncture drumsand hoses.

In assembling the FAWPSS, first open thepacking container. Remove and assemble or posi-tion the items in the order specified. Retain thepackaging and packing containers for use duringfuture recovery and system storage. Remove dustcaps and plugs from each hose just prior to use ofthat assembly.

Place the 125-GPM centrifugal pump assemblyin the center of the assembly area. Position theside of the pump that contains the male quick-disconnect coupling so that it faces toward thearea where the four distribution nozzles are to belocated. The side of the pump that contains thefemale quick-disconnect coupling then faces thearea where the water storage and dispensingdrums are to be located. Place the suction waterhose assembly at the side of the centrifugal pump

that contains the female quick-disconnectcoupling. Attach the male end of the suction waterhose assembly to the female quick-disconnectcoupling on the centrifugal pump. Refer toTM 5-4320-208-12&P.

Use the towing and lifting yoke assembly asnecessary to position two full water storage anddispensing drum assemblies. Make sure that theside of each tank which has the 2-inch elbowcoupler is close enough to its respective suctionwater hose assembly to permit attachment.

Operation of the FAWPSSThe FAWPSS is used to issue water to supportedunits. Follow these procedures to operate theFAWPSS.

The FAWPSS is operated by a 125-GPM centri-fugal pump. Six 500-gallon water storage anddispensing drums are attached and replaced, twoat a time. Quick-disconnect couplings connect thedrums to the balance of the system. These drumsprovide water by the suction of the pump throughhoses, valves, and connecting assemblies to fourdistribution nozzles where the water is manuallydischarged. The rationale for authorizing sixdrums is based on two drums being filled whiletwo are being transported and two are being usedwith the system.

To issue water, setup the FAWPSS assembly asshown in TM 5-4320-301-13&P. Prime the pumpand start the centrifugal pump engine. Refer toTM 5-4320-208-12&P for operating instructions.

Check the entire system for leaks, beginningwith the 2-inch elbow couplers on the waterstorage and dispensing drums. If you discover aleak, shut off the centrifugal pump engine. If theleak is at a quick-disconnect coupling assembly,open and remove the assembly. Inspect the hoseassembly for abnormal twisting or ballooningwhich indicates that the hose is weak. Also checkthe couplings to be certain that sealing gaskets arein place and whether there is damage or thepresence of foreign matter. If gaskets are damagedor missing, obtain these items from the overpackkit and replace. If couplings are damaged, replacethe entire assembly with a spare assembly fromthe overpack kit. If foreign matter is present,thoroughly flush the hose. Refasten the assembly.Start the engine of the centrifugal pump, andrepeat the above procedure until no leaks are seen.

6-12

FM 10-52-1

6-13

FM 10-52-1

6-14

FM 10-52-1

Assign two workers to till the FAWPSS whichcontains 500-gallon drums. There are two methodsof filling the 500-gallon collapsible drums. One isfilling the drums directly from the PWS/DS; theother is to use the 125-GPM pump that comes withthe FAWPSS. The position and the tasks of thecrew vary with each of these methods. Whendrums are filled directly from the water supplypoint, assign one worker to the control valves ofthe filling point. Make this worker responsible forcontrolling the flow of water to the drums. Assignthe other worker to the drum. Make this workerresponsible for preparing the drum for filling,making all connections, and monitoring thefilling operation. When using the 125-GPM pump,you still need two workers for the filling operation.Have one worker operate the 125-GPM pump andcontrol the flow of the water. Assign the other tothe drum with the same responsibility as in themethod described before. If the drums are to bedelivered by helicopter to the supported unit, youwill need a vehicle to remove the filled drums to theloading point.

Test each of the four distribution nozzles. Ifthey do not operate at full flow, stop the cen-trifugal pump engine. Check the strainer insidethe nozzle, clean if needed, and replace. Start thecentrifugal pump engine, and repeat the proceduredescribed above until all distribution nozzlesoperate at full flow.

Disassembly of a FAWPSSContinue issuing water until the drums are empty.Use the following procedures to disassemble theFAWPSS.

Disassemble the FAWPSS in the reverse order.of assembly. Prior to repackaging, drain, dry, andthen cap and plug all hose assemblies. Drain,collapse, and fold the water storage and dis-pensing drum. Store component parts in theoriginal containers in which they were received.Replace dust caps and plugs on each hose prior torepackaging. Disassemble component parts of thevarious hose assemblies and other fittings in thefollowing order for repackaging:

Water storage and dispensing bag assembly.Distribution nozzle assemblies.Tripod stand assemblies.Four swivels.Four 25-foot discharge water hose assemblies.Two reducers.Wye-fitting components.Female quick-disconnect coupling.Male coupling.10-foot discharge water hose assembly.2-inch elbow coupler.Two suction water hose assemblies.Two water storage and dispensing drum

assemblies.

Section IV

Towing and lifting yoke assemblies.Two valve assemblies.Double male adapter.Two suction water hose assemblies.125-GPM centrifugal pump.

ISSUE AND DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULESAND RELATED FORMS

ISSUE CONSIDERATIONSIssuing water is perhaps the most importantresponsibility at the water point. The water pointis in the field to provide water to the supportedunits. In the theater of operations, water is issuedas far forward as the tactical situation permits.Usually, the supported units pick up water fromthe water point in their own containers. There willbe a lot of vehicles coming to and going from thewater point. Provisions must be made for thistraffic. To solve these problems and to equallydistribute the water production workload, the

water supply supervisor sets up water issueschedules. Schedules eliminate confusion and lossof time that may result if units arrive unscheduledat water points. Such schedules include, but arenot limited to, the following:

Work schedules for assigned personnel so thatwater points have adequate coverage for each24 hours of operation.

Maintenance schedules for equipment so thatno more than one water point is down forscheduled maintenance at a time.

6-15

FM 10-52-1

Issue schedules to ensure consuming unitsreceive adequate water supplies without over-burdening water point operations or traffic flow.

Work SchedulesThe water supply supervisor has the respon-sibility of preparing and maintaining severaldifferent schedules. The most valuable resource ata water point is personnel. In order to use soldierseffectively, you must complete a work schedule.Each water section has enough personnelassigned to operate assigned water points on acontinuous basis. Water points must be opera-tional 20 hours per day with 4 hours downtime forscheduled maintenance. The work schedule iden-tifies the NCOIC of each of the two shifts at eachwater point, as well as all the soldiers assigned asoperators on each shift. Establish meal hours (atleast three per day) on the schedule, as well asguidelines for breaks. Table 6-3 (page 6-16) is anexample of a completed work schedule for onewater point.

Maintenance SchedulesMaintenance schedules ensure equipment, thesecond most important resource, is maintained inoperational condition. In order to ensure equip-ment is properly maintained, each piece ofequipment has TMs that identify the maintenancechecks and services required on an hourly, daily,weekly, or monthly basis. Using those PMCS andmaintenance allocation charts contained in theTMs, schedule necessary maintenance to be accom-plished after 20 hours of operation. Take intoaccount the level of maintenance (operator-organizational-DS/GS) and the estimated timerequired.

If there is more than one water purification unitat a water point, ensure that both are notscheduled for maintenance at the same time.Perform maintenance when all storage tanks arefull.

In addition, if possible ensure each water pointis scheduled for maintenance at different timesduring the day so two water points are not down atthe same time. Finally, do not schedule water issueduring scheduled maintenance periods.

Issue SchedulesThe water issue schedule is a written log. Itsissuance is coordinated with supporting units to

ensure timely and efficient issue of water suppliesto supported units in a theater of operations.

The MMC provides location and troop strengthof supported units. In certain cases, the MMC mayprovide allocation instructions limiting issue ofwater during emergencies. Multiply the troopstrength times the applicable consumption factorsto determine the estimated consumption rate ofeach unit. Then compare locations of the sup-ported units with those of the water points.Schedule the units nearest the water points toreceive water first. If supported units have noorganic transportation or if water is to be issued ata class 1 ration breakdown point not collocatedwith the water point, establish an issue scheduleusing the 3,000-gallon SMFT (Figure 6-6,page 6-17).

Draft a DA Form 1714-R which will affect equalissue of water sufficient to meet operational needsto all supported units. Submit the draft issue log tothe platoon leader for approval. A sample com-pleted DA Form 1714-R can be found at Figure 6-7(page 6-18). DA Form 1714-R will be locally repro-duced on 8 1/2- by 1 l-inch paper. A copy forreproduction purposes is located at the back of thismanual.

6-16

FM 10-52-1

6-17

FM 10-52-1

6-18

FM 10-52-1

Use the issue log to draft an issue schedule on amemorandum for the commander, indicating thedates and times each supported unit will receivewater and which water point they use. Includeadditional instructions, such as allocation limitsand requests for increased supplies, on thememorandum. When signed by the commander,distribute the memorandum to the supported unitsin advance to ensure sufficient time for planning.Post the completed water issue logs to the waterpoints. Log the actual gallons distributed to theconsuming units on subsequent daily logs.

DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULESDistributing water is another important responsi-bility you have at the water point. Water providedto the supported units must first be purified orreceived from another source, such as GS waterunits. In an arid theater of operations, water isdistributed from a water production or storage siteto another storage site. Usually, the supportingGS water unit will deliver water from waterpurification or storage sites by either hose line orSMFTs. Many vehicles will be coming to andgoing from the water distribution point. Provi-sions must be made for this traffic. To solve theseproblems and to equally distribute the watermovement work load, the water supply supervisorsets up water distribution schedules. Scheduleseliminate confusion and loss of time that mayresult if dispatch or receipt of water occur atunscheduled times.

The daily water distribution log is importantbecause the information from this form is used bythe logistics staff to effectively manage distri-bution of water to all supported units. For thisreason, the data entered on the distribution logshould be complete and accurate. A sampleDA Form 1714-1-R can be found in Figure 6-8(page 6-20). DA Form 1714-1-R will be locallyreproduced on 8 1/2- by 1 l-inch paper. A copy forreproduction purposes is located at the back of thismanual. Follow the guidance below for com-pleting the distribution log.

Water Point No. Each GS water distributionpoint will have a different number assigned to it.In most GS operations, two or more water unitswill be operating in different locations throughoutthe area. It is essential to unit operations to keepseparate information on each water distributionpoint.

NCO in Charge. Enter the name of the NCO incharge of the water distribution point. This infor-mation will show who is responsible for theoperation of the water distribution point and whoto contact for additional information concerningthe distribution activities at that distributionpoint.

Date. At the start of each day, use a new logsheet. This log is a daily report and mustbe completed for each day the distribution pointis in operation and water is distributed. Bykeeping up with the log on a daily basis, you candetermine the amount of water distributed. Thisinformation will also be helpful in planning futuresupport needs.

Time. Enter the time that the water was eitherreceived or dispatched. Receiving and dispatchingwater may occur at the same time.

Received. Enter the amount of water and theunit name and number from which it was received.At the end of the day, total this column. This willgive the total amount of water received for the day.

Dispatched. Enter the amount of water andthe unit name and number to which it wasdispatched. At the end of the day, total thiscolumn. This will give the total amount of waterdistributed for the day.

Total Amount on Hand. At the bottom of theform, you will find Total Amount On Hand.Subtract the total of the Dispatched column fromthe total of the Received column to find the TotalAmount On Hand figure.

Remarks. Use the Remarks block for any per-tinent information that would have impact ondaily operations. If the equipment must operate allday and personnel have little or no time foroperator maintenance and are using backup equip-ment, show this equipment in the Remarks block.Also, state POL consumed, chemicals used, andany other operational information.

Use the distribution log to draft a distributionschedule memorandum for the commander, indi-cating the dates, times, and amount each sup-porting unit should dispatch water, and dates,times, and amount of water required at the dis-tribution point. Include additional instructions,such as requests for increased water to meetmission demands (to maintain command storage

6-19

FM 10-52-1

levels) or transportation requirements to move supporting units in advance to ensure sufficientwater forward to other storage /distribution time for planning. The completed water distri-points. Distribute the memorandum, after bution logs are sent to the water supervisor forsignature by the commander, to the supported and planning data.

6-20

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 7

Threat and NBC Operations

Section ITHREAT ON THE BATTLEFIELD

WATER OPERATIONSAND THE THREAT

In World War II, the United States field Armyprovided potable water to the troops under mostbattlefield conditions. Generally, this involvedclarification and disinfection of fresh water sup-plies and desalination of seawater supplies. Invery few instances was the Army called upon todeal with raw water contaminated with unusual,extremely toxic materials. However, the situationhas changed radically. Recognizing that a futurewar could involve the use of NBC weapons, thecontamination of field water supplies with lethalNBC agents must be regarded as a distinct pos-sibility. Water units must be prepared to continueoperations in an environment filled with chemical,biological, and radiological hazards. Naturally,these hazards complicate operations far beyondproblems posed by the primary effects of NBCweapons. Therefore, it is necessary to defendagainst NBC attacks. It is also necessary to useNBC defense personnel and equipment to reduceNBC hazards.

The size of the battlefield will strain theresources of water units conducting recon-naissance and decontamination. Over a period oftime, numerous areas could be contaminated withNBC agents. Extensive NBC reconnaissance aswell as extensive reporting, recording, and dissemi-nation of NBC hazard information will benecessary.

NBC reconnaissance gives units a choice. Theycan avoid contamination or operate in it. Hasty

equipment decontamination limits the spread ofcontamination and makes future decontamina-tion easier. The capabilities for reconnaissanceand decontamination must be maintained.

Base NBC defense plans on enemy capabilities/doctrine and intelligence estimates. The use ofpersistent nerve agents will be the most imme-diate concern and will strain reconnaissance anddecontamination units the most. If a variety ofNBC weapons are employed, forces engaged onthe battlefield may become more concerned withsurvival rather than with continuing operations.Sustained use rather than initial use will presentthe greatest strain on support supply systems.

Enemy use of NBC weapons places excessivedemands on the supply system for water. Watersupport elements do not maintain contingencystocks of water to accommodate the demands of anNBC environment. Time may not allow fordeliberate decontamination operations. Therefore,you may have to operate equipment while it is stillcontaminated. The combat service support systemmay be strained to supply sufficient quantities ofall critical commodities, including water. Indi-vidual and unit endurance will no doubt be keys tosuccessful mission completion.

THE NUCLEAR ENVIRONMENTWith the advance of nuclear technology, a numberof potential adversaries are now able to employ

7-1

FM 10-52-1

THREAT BIOLOGICAL OPERATIONSnuclear weapons. The US Army must be preparedto fight and win when nuclear weapons are used.In addition to blast effects, thermal and nuclearradiation pose significant hazards that must bereduced in order to win the AirLand Battle. Equip-ment will be crushed, dragged, and tumbled byblast. Dirt and dust accompanying the blast wavewill obscure optical-sighting devices and unaidedvision. The blast effect can also restrict movementby blowing down trees and buildings. Personnelcan suffer internal injury from blast overpressureand nuclear radiation. They can suffer externalinjury from flying debris and burns from thermalradiation. In addition, electromagnetic energy,generated by nuclear weapons, can temporarilyblack out radio communications and permanentlydamage electronic equipment.

THREAT NUCLEAR OPERATIONSDuring nonnuclear combat, fire plans of threatdivisions and high echelons include plans fornuclear strikes. In addition to large caliber artil-lery weapons capable of firing nuclear ammu-nition, threat forces stock nuclear warheadsfor surface-to-surface missiles. They also havefrontline air squadrons specifically designated forthe ground support role. In nuclear warfare,mass nuclear strikes are carefully planned forbreakthrough, deliberate attack, and river-crossing operations. In meeting engagements andexploitations, some nuclear delivery systems arekept in a high state of readiness to fire on targetsof opportunity.

THE BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENTBiological weapons are used in military opera-tions to cause disease among soldiers, animals,and plants. Although these agents act on differenttargets and produce varying effects, the ultimateaim of biological agents is to reduce fightingability. Potential antipersonnel biological agentsare made up of living microorganisms such asfungi, bacteria, rickettsias, and viruses. Thesebiological agents affect the body much likediseases such as typhoid or influenza. But effectsmay vary from minor incapacitation (commoncold) to prolonged illness that results in death(plague). Biological agents can cover an arealarger than all other weapons. Large quantitiesof food, water, equipment, and supplies can becontaminated by a single biological attack.

Threat forces have the technical capability toproduce, store, and deliver biological weapons.Threat scientific and technical literature containsmany articles that may have originated fromeither a biological weapons program or a publichealth project. Threat forces have a vigorousprogram for investigating BW pathogens and forguarding against them. Such research couldquickly lead to the production of BW agents foroffensive use. Threat dissemination of biologicalagents could be accomplished by aircraft spray,aerosol bombs and generators, missiles, infectedanimals, insect vectors, vials, capsules, or handdispensers. The selection of a biological agentdepends on the target, nature of the operation,climate, and weather. Biological agents may bereleased in theater reserve forces, marshalingareas, supply depots, water tank farms/hose lines,and deep rear area installations to impede thesupport of frontline troops.

THE CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTChemical weapons kill or incapacitate personnel.Equipment and facilities are not usually damagedby chemical attack. However, contamination frompersistent chemicals ultimately reduces the effec-tiveness of equipment and facilities becauseoperating personnel must wear protective gear.

In a chemical environment, the standardcombat uniform is the chemical overgarment withprotective gloves, mask, hood, and overboots.Based on the immediate chemical threat, unitcommanders determine what level of MOPP orwhat degree of chemical readiness to implement.Masks must be worn to protect against non-persistent agents. Therefore, NBC intelligence is acritical factor in preparing to fight in a chemicalenvironment. Early warning of chemical attacksgives commanders flexibility in determiningthe MOPP.

Commanders must weigh NBC defensivereadiness against their capability to accomplishthe mission. Soldiers working and fighting inprotective clothing and masks tire quickly. Heatexhaustion casualties increase. More time isrequired to get the job done if resources remainconstant. But, troops in an area contaminated bypersistent chemical strikes can continue to workand fight because they are protected from the

7-2

FM 10-52-1

lethal or incapacitating effects of chemicalagents. Time-consuming decontamination,however, is required before reducing or cancelingprotective measures.

THREAT CHEMICAL OPERATIONSThreat forces produce and stockpile lethal persis-tent and nonpersistent chemical agents to includenerve, blood, and blister agents. Nerve agents arethe most serious threat. However, the use of largeamounts of blood and blister agents could alsochange the course of battle.

Chemical weapons are routinely included inthreat fire plans. Chemical-capable weapon sys-tems are assigned chemical targets. These sys-tems include mortars, multiple rocket launchers,field artillery cannons and rockets, and aircraft.

Nonpersistent agents are normally used againsttroop concentrations along avenues of approachand against forces in contact with threat units.Persistent agents are normally used to seal theexposed flanks of attacking echelons and to dis-rupt combat support and service support functionsin rear areas.

Employment priorities for chemical agents inboth offense and defense are the same as those fornuclear weapons. However, chemicals play a dif-ferent role than nuclear weapons in that they donot destroy equipment. Threat chemical weaponsare primarily used to force the enemy to wearprotective gear, restrict the enemy’s capability tomaneuver and concentrate forces, and contami-nate the enemy’s combat support and combatservice support systems.

Section IIDECONTAMINATION OPERATIONS

NBC DECONTAMINATION OPERATIONSIf NBC weapons are used, many units and largeamounts of terrain can become contaminated in ashort period of time. Survival in this environmentdepends on two things. One is quick identificationof contaminated areas and units. The other is theability of the individual soldier to protect himselfagainst NBC contamination until some form ofdecontamination is possible. Water purificationpersonnel will conduct tests for chemical andradioactive contamination. The frequency of testsis related to the MOPP conditions as shown inTable 7-1 (page 7-4).

When CB warfare is expected, soldiers shouldwear protective overgarments as their standardcombat uniform. Unit leaders determine theappropriate degree of individual protection. Sol-diers contaminated by CB agents perform basicskill skin and personal equipment decontami-nation using individual decontamination kits.NBC decontamination units conduct deliberateequipment decontamination when the tacticalsituation permits.

Operators decontaminate selected areas of theirequipment by spraying with a decontaminant. To

do this, they use portable decontamination equip-ment or field expedients. NBC decontaminationunits help to conduct hasty decontamination oflarge items of equipment when the time andsituation permit. Deliberate decontaminationoperations are then easier at a later time.

RADIOLOGICAL CONTAMINATIONUnits exposed to initial radiation must firstidentify the intensity (dose rate) of residual orinduced radiation using radiacmeters. Then, theysend NBC-4 contamination and radiation dosestatus reports through command channels. Com-manders identify units that exceed the opera-tional exposure guidance. They decide whether towithdraw these units and conduct decontami-nation operations or to continue with the mission.

Soldiers contaminated by radioactive dust ordebris perform basic skill decontamination bybrushing, wiping, and shaking their bodies andgear. As the mission permits, they further reduceradiation exposure by occupying armored vehi-cles, bunkers, or foxholes.

7-3

FM 10-52-1

Highly contaminated vehicles and major heat stress and equipment operational difficultiesweapons systems that pose a hazard are hastilydecontaminated. This procedure limits the spreadof contamination to other areas and reducesradiation hazards. Early decontamination isnecessary to cut down on the cumulative effects ofradiation. Without quick decontamination, smallbut frequent exposure to radiation may sig-nificantly reduce combat power when it is neededthe most.

TYPES OF DECONTAMINATIONThere are three types of decontamination. Basicsoldier skill decontamination is done to removeand neutralize chemical contaminants from thebody. It must be performed within one minuteafter contamination in order for the individualto survive. Basic skills decontamination alsoincludes personal wipedown of individual equip-ment and spraydown of equipment operated bythe soldier. Hasty decontamination removes grossamounts of NBC contaminants from combat vehi-cles and major items of equipment. Contaminatedpersonnel remove chemical and biological contami-nants using personal decontamination kits andportable decontamination apparatuses assignedto vehicles. Remove radiological contaminationby brushing, sweeping, or shaking away dust anddebris. Specialized decontamination units con-duct complete decontamination so that troops donot have to wear complete NBC protective equip-ment. In other words, it reduces the NBC contami-nation hazard to a level which allows soldiers tooperate at a lower MOPP. This, of course, lessens

caused by the wearing of protective clothing.Since decontamination units do not have enoughpeople and equipment to support all units, help isrequired from supported units.

DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENTWater is the most critical item and the majorconstraint in accomplishing decontaminationoperations. Pump units at decontamination sitesuse large amounts of water. For example, a pumpused for equipment decontamination uses about50 gallons of water per minute. Even the M17lightweight power-driven decontaminating appa-ratus uses approximately 23 gallons of water perminute. Decontamination units use truck-mounted, power-driven decontamination appa-ratuses to conduct equipment decontaminationoperations. They also use standard water pumpswith high-pressure nozzles. Therefore, NBC recon-naissance units try to select decontaminationsites near plentiful water sources such as lakes,ponds, streams, and dams. When large amounts ofwater are not available, decontamination unitleaders use collapsible water storage tanks to setup decontamination points. They resupply thesepoints with SMFTs. Use portable pumps to fillstorage tanks and decontamination trucksquickly. In addition, use these pumps to rinsedecontaminants from equipment. Potable water isnot required for decontamination operations;however, potable water may have to be used ifnonpotable water is not readily available, or thenonpotable water is contaminated.

7-4

FM 10-52-1

Section IIIENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

IN NBC OPERATIONS

Jungles.Deserts.

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONSSurroundings that have a major influence onconduct of military operations are—

Mountains.

Cold weather regions.Urbanized areas.Nighttime.

Each of these situations has a different influenceon NBC reconnaissance and decontaminationoperations.

MOUNTAIN OPERATIONSExcluding the extremely high, alpine-type moun-tains, most mountain systems are characterizedby—

Heavy woods or jungle.Compartments and ridge systems.Limited routes of communication, usually of

poor quality.Highly variable weather conditions.

Water elements may operate in direct support ofbrigade-sized units. Since mountain operationsare decentralized, water elements usually operateindependently or semi-independently of theirparent units. You may need additional water-carrying equipment, such as the FAWPSS, tosupport these operations.

Chemical and biological decontaminationis easier to handle in mountain operations.Changing weather conditions and constant windspromote natural decontamination at a muchfaster rate than in flat or rolling terrain.Nonpersistent chemical agents concentrate onlow terrain, and radiation concentrates on promi-nent terrain features where radiological hotspotsare produced by fallout.

JUNGLE OPERATIONSThe jungles of Asia, Africa, and the westernhemisphere are potential battlefields. Jungleterrain is characterized by—

Heavy vegetation, varying from rain forest tosavanna.

Constant high temperatures.Heavy rainfall during certain seasons.Constant high humidity.

As in mountain operations, decentralize jungleoperations as much as possible. Place waterelements in direct support of battalion task forces.Requirements for water increase in a jungleenvironment. Soldiers are unable to wear pro-tective clothing for long periods of time. Heatstress is a major factor. Therefore, many MOPPlevels and associated equipment decontaminationoperations are necessary to reduce heat load andto operate equipment without sustaining NBCcasualties. Schedule reduction in MOPP at briefintervals since chemical agents are more per-sistent and effective in jungle conditions.

Because of these things, it is extremely difficultto maintain water operations. Solid decon-taminants, such as STB, tend to cake and decom-pose at a faster rate than in temperate climates.Although caking of the decontaminant does notaffect the usefulness of the compound, decom-position eventually makes it ineffective. Opera-tion of water purification equipment requiring fullNBC protection may call for relatively shortperiods of operation, followed by relatively longperiods of rest due to heat. Relocation of a waterelement may require support of a small securityforce to assist in the event of ambush. Waterpoints are lucrative targets under normal condi-tions, but water points operating in jungle combatare even more vulnerable to enemy attacks.

DESERT OPERATIONSDeserts are semiarid and arid regions containinga variety of soils in varying relief. Desert regionsare characterized by—

Extreme temperature ranges, varyingbetween 30°F and 130°F over a 24-hour period.

Changing visibility conditions.Long periods of drought, interrupted by

sudden rains that bring flash floods.Shortages of suitable ground water.

7-5

FM 10-52-1

Large areas for excellent movement,spersed by ravines, bogs, and sand seas.

inter-

An absence of pronounced terrain features.The principal problem facing water units in

desert operations is lack of water. Although waterunits normally operate as far forward as possible,available water supplies may force water supportunits to operate further to the rear than normal.

Camouflage is another problem in desert opera-tions. Lack of vegetation requires extensive use ofcamouflage nets, patterns, and mud paintingsand covering of reflective surfaces to conceal thewater support operations.

Heat stress is also a critical problem for soldiersworking in desert environments under completeNBC protection. Operation of water points indaytime temperatures means short periods ofwork followed by long periods of rest. Operationsat night, to avoid heat stress, create light dis-cipline problems which may be unacceptable,considering how easy it is to see in desert regions.To conserve water in desert combat, place greaterreliance on decontamination using DS2 ratherthan STB slurry. Therefore, increase yourresupply rates.

COLD WEATHER OPERATIONSNorthern regions, including the Arctic andsubarctic, comprise about 45 percent of the NorthAmerican continent and 65 percent of theEurasian land mass. Northern regions are charac-terized by—

Extreme cold and deep snow during wintermonths.

Spring breakup, resulting in poor movement.Whiteout and grayout which cause loss of

depth perception, making flying, driving, andskiing hazardous.

Ice fog in which clouds of ice crystals covertroops, vehicles, bivouac areas, and permanentfacilities, marking their location.

When temperatures go below 32°F, waterequipment is difficult to operate and maintain.Constant winterizing and use of heaters arerequired to prevent freezing. Pump ground waterin winter from beneath an ice layer. To preventfreezing, it maybe necessary to preheat the waterduring loading and keep it heated until it is used.In addition, purification/disinfection chemicalswill not be as effective when the temperature dropsbelow 32°F. At this point, chlorine takes much

longer to be effective. Toxic chemicals also reactdifferently at extremely low temperatures.Nonpersistent agents become persistent andpersistent agents become more persistent.

Munitions containing normally persistentagents become very persistent at low tempera-tures. If a soldier gets a solid agent on his clothing,he will probably not detect it since it has no effectin solid form, However, if the temperature warmsor if a contaminated soldier enters a heated area,the agent becomes dangerous. Because of this, itmay be necessary to set up a station to warmsoldiers sufficiently to detect the presence of asolid agent. Isolate the solid agent before thesoldier reaches the area where he unmasks orwhere others are unmasking. You will need addi-tional soldiers and equipment for this step. In coldweather operations, give decontamination anddetection efforts priority to heated supportfacilities.

All water analysis is affected adversely byextreme cold. Electronic instruments, such asradiacmeter and automatic chemical agentalarms, become less dependable and may evenfail. Chemical detection and identification kitscannot detect solid agents. It may be necessary totake soil, snow, or vegetation samples fromsuspicious areas and warm them to detect andidentify chemical vapors.

URBANIZED AREA OPERATIONSUrbanized areas will have a significant effect onmilitary operations in the future. Today, it isdifficult to avoid built-up areas, particularlyin Western Europe. Urbanized terrain ischaracterized by—

Villages (population of 1,000 or less).Towns and small cities which are not part of a

large urban complex (population in excess of 1,000but less than 100,000).

Strip areas which connect villages and townsalong roads and valleys.

Large cities with associated urban sprawl(population in excess of 100,000 and covering 100or more square miles).

Water support operations are easy to support inurbanized terrain. Water sources for decon-tamination operations are virtually assured inbuilt-up areas. Simplify security by limiting obser-vation and improving fields of fire. However,water elements do face one potential problem.Chemical agents tend to act differently in built-up

7-6

FM 10-52-1

areas. Low-lying areas tend to collect residualchemical contamination. Some nonpersistentagents become relatively persistent when theyenter buildings or rubble. Water units must payparticular attention to avoid contaminated areasand mark them whenever possible. Whenbuildings are contaminated with persistentchemical agents, their value for cover, conceal-ment, and shelter is reduced. Wood and concretetend to absorb liquid agents and may give off toxicvapors for days or weeks. Chemical decon-tamination of a building requires large quantitiesof decontaminants and considerable effort.Reduce building contamination by covering con-taminated areas with plastic sheets, STB slurry,sodium silicate (water glass), or some substance

that covers or absorbs the agent. Streets andsidewalks also absorb liquid agents, then give offtoxic vapors when heated by the sun. It may benecessary to decontaminate such surfaces severaltimes to reduce toxic hazards to soldiers occupyingthe area.

Biological agents may remain viable for longperiods in built-up areas. Soldiers should notoccupy structures that are contaminated withbiological agents. Decontamination of biologi-cally contaminated structures is beyond theability of water units. If it is necessary to occupy abiologically contaminated area, burn the buildingsand their contents. Soldiers should remain upwindof the fire. Otherwise they should remain masked.

Section IVNBC AND FIELD WATER SUPPLY

NBC THREATContamination of field water supplies with lethalNBC agents must be regarded as a distinct possi-bility. In order to decontaminate such waterproperly, it is essential to fully examine the natureof the NBC contamination threat.

NUCLEAR CONTAMINANTSWhen a nuclear weapon detonates, several dev-astating events take place: formation of fissionproducts, production of radiation, generation ofEMP, development of neutron particles, creationof thermal radiation, and blast. These eventsusually take place successively over a very shortperiod of time. Although all of these phenomenapose a threat to a quartermaster water supplypoint, this manual will discuss contaminationresulting from a nuclear blast.

Nuclear Contamination of WaterThis takes place primarily as a result of fallout.Fission product contamination from overlandexplosions generally occurs as downwind fallout.The particle size is in the range 1 micron to7 millimeters. The fallout is usually insoluble inwater. The little that dissolves is usually quicklyabsorbed on clay or other suspended material inthe water. A possible exception to the insolubilityof land fallout might be that resulting from a

nuclear detonation over a salt dome. The falloutcould be soluble salt particles rather thaninsoluble silicates. Another exception to thefallout insolubility rule could be the falloutresulting from the detonation of a nuclear weaponover, on, or submerged in a large body of water.

MPC in WaterAll available evidence indicates that inges-tion of any quantity of radioactive materialis harmful. However, complete abstinence isnot possible since small amounts of radioactivityexist everywhere. The short- and long-termMPCs are designed to control the amount ofradioactive substances taken into the body bydrinking water.

During normal peacetime conditions, the USArmy abides by peacetime nuclear standardsestablished by the EPA. The Army in the field issubject to the MPCs established in TB MED 577(Table 7-2, page 7-8). The decontamination factorof the ROWPU is 99 percent.

In regard to fission products, fresh fissionproducts are much less hazardous than old fissionproducts (curie for curie). Taking this into con-sideration, it is apparent that the MPC for fissionproducts should be a function of time. Olderfission products have a lower MPC. A logical

7-7

FM 10-52-1

approach to this situation is the establishment are shown. One curve is for the consumption ofof a curve in which the MPC decreases at the 5 liters of water per day. The other is for thesame rate as the fission products. This has been consumption of 20 liters of water per day (as in hot,done in Figure 7-1 (page 7-9), where two curves arid regions).

7-8

FM 10-52-1

Detection of Nuclear ContaminationIn order to enforce the MPCs of TB MED 577, the cartridge filter of the ROWPU units). Both thesefield Army must be able to determine the concen- functions would be necessary to lower radiationtration of radioactive material in water. The exposure to the operators.radiation meter used for this purpose would alsobe available for other essential purposes such as The radiation meter of choice, the AN/PDR-27measuring the level of area contamination and Radiacmeter, is a portable, watertight, partiallychecking for hot spots in the water purification transistorized instrument designed for field useequipment (such as the multimedia filter and the (Figure 7-2, page 7-10).

7-9

FM 10-52-1

The AN/PDR-27 has four ranges of sensitivity: radiation, if any were present. However, in an area0 to 500 mr/h, 0 to 50 mr/h, 0 to 5 mr/h, and 0 to 0.5mr/h. You can select any of the four ranges by aswitch on the AN/PDR-27 panel. The two higher(less sensitive) ranges use the smaller of the twoG-M probes. The two lower (more sensitive) rangesuse the larger probe. Both probes measure gammarays. When the beta shield is opened or removedfrom the larger probe, you can detect beta rays.

In order to monitor water, the detector probe ofthe AN/PDR-27 is protected with a rubber sheathand inserted into the water under test. The meterreading, in mr/h, is proportional to the concen-tration of mixed fission products in water inmicrocuries per liter. The water source, beingpresent in bulk, shields outmost of the extraneous

of very high background radiation, this methodwould have limitations. The exact procedure is asfollows:

Remove the beta shield from the large (sensi-tive) detector probe, and then cover the entireprobe with a thin rubber sheath to protect it fromthe water.

Turn the range switch to the battery conditionposition. The meter should read to the right of thehalfway mark. If not, replace the batteries,

Turn the range switch to the 0 to 5 mr/h range.Insert the protected probe into the water to be

measured.Read the AN/PDR-27 meter scale in mr/h.Refer to conversion chart (Figure 7-3,

page 7-11) to convert from mr/h to uCi/l.

7-10

FM 10-52-1

TB MED 577This bulletin states that “water is suitable fordrinking if personnel can occupy the area aroundthe water source for a week or less.” This concepthas several operational problems for the watertreatment specialist. It is entirely possible to haveheavy radiological contamination upstream,resulting in a contaminated river flowing througha relatively uncontaminated area. Water sourcestandards are given in TB MED 577. Newdrinking water standards have been establishedjointly by the Army Surgeon General and theQuartermaster Corps. Source water standards forthe ROWPU are greater than 100,000 pCi/l.Drinking water standards are established forshort- and long-term at 5 and 15 liters consump-tion per day. Since the ROWPU removes 99 percentof all NBC contamination, the source water stan-dard results in product water having a residualnuclear contamination level of greater than

1,000 pCi/l, much less than the short- or long-termstandard for drinking water. However, testing ofproduct water is still required to assure properoperation of purification equipment.

Supply Side Nuclear Water MonitoringIn attempting to implement the short- and long-term drinking water standard, it is apparent thatproduct water cannot be checked accurately withthe usual AN/PDR-27 nuclear water monitoringprocedure. The reason is that the AN/PDR-27 isdesigned to read radiation in milliroentgens perhour and is not sensitive to the much lowerreadings required for product water (microcuries).In response to the problem, an alternative pro-cedure is suggested. Work backwards from theproduct water. Establish how high a mixed fissionproduct concentration in the raw water the

7-11

FM 10-52-1

ROWPU can effectively remove and then monitorfor that level in the raw water. This procedure isknown as supply side nuclear water monitoring.The advantage of this method is that the muchhigher concentration of radiation in the raw wateris measurable by means of the AN/PDR-27 usingthe supply side nuclear water monitoring pro-cedure. However, for this method to be feasible,the decontamination capability of the waterpurification unit must be known.

AN/PDR-27 Nuclear WaterMonitoring Procedure

This monitoring procedure is sensitive enough tocheck the concentration of contamination in theraw water. Since we know the ROWPU is capableof removing 99 percent of the nuclear contami-nation, we can use the supply side monitoringprocedure to determine whether decontaminationis effective. For example, to meet the short-termstandard of 3 uCi/l at 15 L/d consumption, theraw water can be checked to see whether the levelis below 300 microcuries per liter, anticipatingthat 99 percent of the nuclear contamination willbe removed by the RO and monobed ion exchangestep, thus bringing the nuclear contamination inthe product water to or below the 3 uCi/l standard.Therefore, if the raw water has above 300 uCi/l (or30 mr/h) nuclear contamination, it cannot beadequately purified by the ROWPU to the safedrinking water standard.

BIOLOGICAL CONTAMINANTSBiological operations is the employment of bio-logical agents to produce casualties in man oranimals and damage to plants or materiel ordefense against such employment. The US policyon biological agents (including toxins) is stated inFM 3-100. In summary, the United States:“(1) renounces the use of all methods of biologicalwarfare and (2) confines military programs forbiological research to defensive measures, suchas immunization, prophylaxis, therapy, andsanitation.” Although the true potential of BW isuntested, the devastating effects of naturallyoccurring diseases are well known. It is a historicalfact that, in most wars, more soldiers have losttheir lives due to germ-related diseases than todirect enemy action. Figure 7-4 (page 7-13)presents the percent of hospital admissions due todisease in three wars (World War II, Korean War,and Vietnam) in which the United States

participated. BW agents are classified into threegeneral groups:

Antipersonnel.Antianimal.Anticrop.

The antipersonnel group is further classified into:Bacteria.Fungi.Protozoa.Rickettsiae.Viruses.

MicroorganismsThe microorganisms represented by the abovegroup are responsible for over 160 catalogeddiseases. See examples in Table 7-3 (page 7-14).

Any pathogenic microorganism can be used as aBW agent. However, practical considerationssuch as ease of production, shelf life, infectivedose, and incubation period restrict the list.

US Army Quartermaster Corps water purifi-cation equipment is designed to remove, inacti-vate, or destroy microorganisms in water. Ingeneral, this equipment is geared to handle watercontaminated with biological agents. However,difficulty could arise in destroying micro-organisms resistant to chlorine and other disin-fectants and removed in part only by mechanicalmethods such as coagulation or filtration. Thesemicroorganisms are classified as microbiologicalspores, encapsulated cells, chlorine-resistantviruses, microorganisms protected by fecal matteror culture medium, deliberately bred chlorine-resistant microorganisms, microencapsulatedcells, and new germs generated by bioengineering,

ToxinsAnother important group of materials classifiedas BW agents is the toxins. Toxins are poisonousmetabolizes secreted by certain bacteria andfungi. Some prominent bacterial toxins are:

Clostridium Botulinum Toxin.Diphtheria Toxin.Gonyaulax Catenella Toxin.Staphylococcus Enterotoxin.Tetanus Toxin.

MycotoxinsMycotoxins are derived from fungi. Mycotoxins(and other metabolizes) are secreted by the various

7-12

FM 10-52-1

species and varieties of fungi. Mycotoxins areclassified into nine main classes:

Aflatoxins.Citrinins.Cytochalasins.Ochratoxins.Patulins.Sterigmatocystins.Tremorgens.Trichothecenes.Zearalenones.

The trichothecenes are one of the principalclasses of mycotoxins. They are chemically stableand resistant to oxidants including chlorine.

Although the symptoms of mycotoxicosis varysomewhat depending upon the exact mycotoxininvolved, the standard pattern for both man and

Gastrointestinal disturbances involvevomiting, diarrhea, and hemorrhage in mucosalepithelia or stomach and intestine.

Circulatory problems involve excessivelyrapid heart beat, decrease of circulating whiteblood cells and platelets, and meningealhemorrhage in the brain.

Skin tissue involves hemorrhage, edema, andnecrosis.

Various nervous system dysfunctions result.Death occurs.

Mycotoxins can pose a threat to man as inhaleddust, a food contaminant, or even a vesicant to theskin. In addition, mycotoxins could pose a seriouscontamination threat to water supplies. Man’sexact toxic limits of ingested contaminated waterare unknown. This is due, in part, to the difficulty

animal is shown below: of conducting accurate quantitative analyses.

7-13

FM 10-52-1

Regarding the contamination threat, there is Mycotoxins must be regarded as potent BWalso the matter of water volubility having a directbearing on water containability and decontamin-ability. Remove insoluble mycotoxins by a simpleclarification step. Soluble mycotoxins couldrequire that the water be desalinated or perhapssubjected to some adsorption process. The watervolubility of mycotoxins can vary widely. Forinstance, Nivalenol is soluble in water, T-2 isrelatively insoluble in water, and Zearalenoneis insoluble in water. The following statementssummarize mycotoxins:

Mycotoxins are poisonous fungal metabolizes.A given fungus can produce more than one

mycotoxin.A given mycotoxin can be produced by more

than one fungus.Mycotoxins run the gamut of water volubility:

from highly soluble to insoluble.Mycotoxins are generally stable chemically

and are resistant to oxidants including chlorine.The analytical determination of mycotoxins

is difficult and requires sophisticated equipmentand complex procedures.

The trichothecenes comprise the mostimportant single group of mycotoxins.

agents.Mycotoxins are easily produced. All you need

is a grain substrate, a fungal inoculum, moisture,and heat.

Very little is known of the capability of Armyfield water purification equipment for decon-taminating water containing mycotoxins.

MPCThe establishment of MPCs for biological agentsin water is not feasible because the spectrum ofpossible agents in water, each with its own MPC,is far too broad. The susceptibility of humanbeings to infection by any given agent varieswidely, depending upon many factors such asgeneral health, antibody strength, previous immuno-logical experience; and, the microorganismsthemselves vary widely in virulence. In someinstances, it is entirely conceivable that a singlemicroorganism ingested into the body in drinkingwater could result in the soldier acquiring thedisease. In other instances, massive doses couldcause infection. The concept of MPC is too uncer-tain, therefore, to have significance as far as thecontamination of drinking water with BW agentsis concerned.

7-14

FM 10-52-1

Detection in WaterBW agent contamination causes very little changein the chemical and physical characteristics of thewater, such as pH, alkalinity, and color. Thismakes it difficult to devise an indicator test whichmight indicate the presence of microorganisms.An excessive chlorine demand to the water,however, should be viewed with concern. Theexcessive demand could be due to microorganismsor to the culture medium in which they werepropagated and produced.

Every effort is being made to develop a quick,simple, and reasonably accurate method ofdetecting pathogenic microorganisms in water inthe field. However, until a practicable BW waterdetection kit is developed, the Army must rely onone or more of the following suspicious signs orcircumstances:

Enemy aircraft dropping unidentified mate-rial or spraying unidentified substances.

New and unusual types of bombs, particularlythose which burst with little or no blast.

Smoke and mists of unknown source ornature.

Unusual or unexplained increase in the num-ber of insects, such as mosquitoes, ticks, or fleas.

Any weapon not seeming to have any imme-diate casualty effect.

An increased occurrence of sick or deadanimals such as dogs, livestock, or birds.

An increased incidence of sickness anddisease among troops.

Intelligence reports indicating the possibleuse of BW by the enemy.

It is logical to assume that the potential enemiesof the United States can produce various effectiveBW agents and deliver them by overt and covertmeans. BW agents contaminating field watersupplies could produce illness or death amongsoldiers, impair morale, and reduce the will toresist. Soldiers and civilians have no resistance togerms used for BW purposes. It is conceivablethat, in some instances, a single microorganismcould initiate disease. Many microorganisms arecharacterized by a remarkable capability of sur-vival. BW agents do not multiply significantlywhen present in water due to the lack of propernutrients and conditions for growth. As a result ofdeliberate and unusual means of delivery, watersupplies could become contaminated with germsthat are not normally waterborne. Current routinebacteriological water quality examination tests

are not useful in detecting the presence of BWmaterial. Standard Army ROWPUs can bedepended upon to decontaminate water con-taining BW agents. Raw water containing achlorine-resistant BW agent might require the useof the C W/B W pretreatment set. Although specificwells are vulnerable to local BW contamination,ground water aquifers are assumed to be free ofBW agent contamination and should be usedwhenever the tactical situation permits.

CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTSChemical agents can be delivered on target by awide variety of systems. Consequently, CW agentsare usable in a diversity of military situations.Chemical agents are of a search-and-destroynature. They can harm an enemy if he is widelydispersed in the open or in fortified positions.Chemical agents are antipersonnel in makeup.They do not destroy buildings, emplacements,power plants, communication installations, orvehicles. These facilities can be used later byfriendly forces. Chemical agents have an excellentcapability of area denial. Chemical agents areeffective for both overt and covert operations.They can travel around corners, diffuse throughwoods, and seep into dugouts and fortifications.They offer a spectrum of physiological effectsfrom mild, temporary narcosis to severe bodilydamage and death. They are colorless, odorless,and tasteless. The first indication of their usecould be the appearance of casualties amongmilitary personnel. They affect people, animals,and plants but leave homes, factories, and otherinstallations untouched. Most CW agents arerelatively easy to produce in large quantities atmoderate cost. Chemical agents are classified intoseven major categories:

Nerve.Blister.Blood.Choking.Vomiting.Irritant.

Incapacitating.Toxins are not included in the above list becausethey are usually produced by living micro-organisms and are classified as BW agents by ourarmed forces. All agents referred to in this sectionare US agents. These agents are similar to, and inmany cases identical to, foreign agents.

7-15

FM 10-52-1

Nerve AgentsWhen you consider threats to water supplies, thenerve agents tower above all others. Nerve agentsfunction by inhibiting cholinesterase, a bodyenzyme. With cholinesterase unavailable, theacetylcholine essential to the functioning of thenervous system cannot be neutralized; and thebody is stimulated to death. The physiologicalsymptoms of nerve agents on the human body are:

Unexplained runny nose.Tightness in chest.Dimness of vision due to pinpointing of

pupils.Pain in eyes.Difficulty in breathing.Drooling,Excessive sweating.Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pains, and

involuntary urination or defecation.Twitching, jerking, and staggering.Headache, confusion, drowsiness, and

convulsions.Coma and death.

Nerve agents are usually used as is. However, ifdesired, they can be thickened with a thickeningagent such as methyl methacrylate. Also, beaware of the binary agent. According to the binaryagent concept, a nerve agent is formed in flight inthe shell or bomb on its way to the target. Tworelatively harmless reactants are kept in storageon the ground and not added to the two compart-ments of the weapon until ready for use. Mixing ofthe two reactants is achieved in flight by means ofcompressed air, a mechanical mixer, or, in the caseof the shell, by the inherent acceleration and spin.

In regard to the water contamination threat ofbinary agents, the primary concern is the agentitself. However, there is also the matter of incom-pletely used reactants, catalysts, and by-products.

INCAPACITATING AGENTSIncapacitating agents also pose a threat to watersupplies. Agent BZ, a hallucinogen, has receivedattention in the past as a threat to water supplies.Incapacitating agents fall into seven generalgroups (based on their effects) as follows:

Hallucinogens cause visions and illusions.Examples are marijuana, magic mushrooms,psilocybin, peyote, mescaline, belladonna, thronapple, henbane, scopolamine, and LSD.

Euphoriants cause an extreme state ofwell-being.

Depressants cause an extreme state of morbidgloom.

Cataplexogenics result in the subject thinkingclearly but unable to translate thought into action.

Disinhibitors result in the subject over-reacting to stimuli (for example, excessive talkingor laughing). The most common example is ethylalcohol.

Chronoleptogenics distort the sense of whenevents occur.

Confusants result in the victim being com-pletely baffled, uncertain, and perplexed inwhatever situation he finds himself.

Other Threat AgentsOther possible threat agents to water supplies, butof much less importance than nerve agents,include:

Arryl carbamates.Nitrogen mustards (HN).Lewisits (L).Blood agents, including hydrogen cyanide

(AC) and cyanogen chloride (CK).Arsenical, including ethyldichlorarsine (ED)

and phenyldichlorarsine (PD).Notice that HD is not on the list. Although HD is avery important area contaminant, it is notregarded as a water contaminant because ofits density (heavier than water) and waterinsolubility.

MPC in WaterMPCs for CW agents in water are given inTB MED 577. Two sets of figures are given: one forshort-term consumption (seven consecutive daysor less) and one for long-term consumption (morethan seven days). The figures are shown inTables 2 and 3, Appendix C, FM 10-52. Theseshort- and long-term standards have beenupdated. They can be found in Table 7-2(page 7-8).

Detection in WaterDetection of chemical agents in water is a majorconsideration. It is important to monitor the rawwater to determine whether the chemical agentconcentration is below the MPC and the water isthus suitable for use or whether the concentrationis above MPC and the water must be subjected todecontamination. It is also important to knowwhether the treated water has been made safe todrink after decontamination.

7-16

FM 10-52-1

Determine the presence of CW agents in water Unusual odor to the water, perhaps the charac-by the use of the M272 Detector Kit (Figure 7-5, teristic of certain CW agents.page 7-17). In addition, the following information An unusually high chlorine demand to themight be indicative of CW contamination in the water.water: Intelligence information indicating that a

Dead fish or other aquatic life including general CW attack or direct sabotage of the watervegetation. supply took place.

7-17

FM 10-52-1

The M272 Detector Kit is a go/no-go test for the The kit is not applicable when dealing withshort-term consumption MPCs for the following long-term consumption figures or any situationagents (Table 7-2, page 7-8): where more than 5 liters of water per day are

Hydrogen cyanide. consumed.Lewisite.Sulfur Mustard.Nerve.

Section VNBC AND FIELD WATER PURIFICATION

DECONTAMINATION OPERATIONSDecontaminate ROWPU equipment contaminatedwith NBC materials to prevent the water pointoperator from becoming contaminated and toprevent contaminants from getting into productwater that is being produced. In line with thesetwo objectives, the external surfaces of theROWPU must be decontaminated. Upon occasion,the internal water circuits must be decontami-nated too. Implement the following protectivemeasures if the use of chemical or biologicalagents or nuclear weapons is expected:

Secure covers and caps on all open watertanks and bags.

Close doors and other openings on waterpurification units.

Close manhole covers, spigot box covers, andpumping compartment doors on water trailersand water tank trucks.

Place protective tarpaulins over water purifi-cation units, distribution equipment, and watercontainers.

Move small portable water containers, suchas FAWPSS and water cans, under shelter or intoenclosed vehicles.Procedures for field expedient decontamination ofwater equipment and containers are presented inthis chapter. Use these procedures only when theunit is isolated from the NBC defense company ordetachment which is responsible for organizeddecontamination of equipment and personnel.

CONTAMINATION CONSIDERATIONSIn regard to external considerations, contamina-tion by nuclear agents would be largely falloutdust or rain containing fallout material. Con-tamination might include either dry or wet bio-logical agents. Contamination by chemical agents

could be in various physical forms. In the latercase, the problem would be most pronounced whenvicious, nonvolatile agents, such as mustard, areused. Also, thickened agents are a problem. Aprime example is GD which has been made stickywith a high-consistency liquid plastic such asmethyl methacrylate.

Decontaminates might not be readily available,and weathering processes are only moderatelyeffective for NBC decontaminates. Some NWagents decay rapidly. Many BW agents aredestroyed by sunlight, high temperature, and lowhumidity. Some CW agents evaporate, and othersare decomposed by sunlight and elevated tempera-ture. Rain washes away many NBC agents.

Weathering, including time and isolation,requires that a ROWPU unit be removed fromservice for an indefinite period. Rather than relyupon natural processes for decontamination,apply positive techniques and substances to makethe contaminated equipment safe for use.

EXTERNAL DECONTAMINATIONTo decontaminate ROWPU equipment externally,first use a simple, clean water washdown pro-cedure. Frequently, this will do the job. The nerveagent GB, for instance, is soluble in water in allproportions and is readily washed away. If asimple washdown procedure is not completelysuccessful, resort to the use of decontaminates.This applies particularly to cases of CW contami-nation. In the case of BW agent contamination,you might use fumigants such as EYO or car-boxide. Water purification personnel work with aneffective chemical and biological agent decon-taminate called calcium hypochlorite. Use this

7-18

FM 10-52-1

chemical for decontamination of equipment sur-faces by following the preparation and use pro-cedures described below.

PreparationConstruct a soakage pit or sump into which youwill discharge the decontamination waste andrinse water. Personnel must wear personal protec-tive equipment and prepare a 3 percent solution ofchlorine by adding 3 canteen cups of calciumhypochlorite to 6 gallons of water.

UseApply the solution to the exterior of the equipmentor container using brushes or brooms. One gallonof the solution should cover 8 square yards.The decontamination solution must remain incontact with the surface for at least 30 minutes.Reapply occasionally to keep the surface wet.After 30 minutes, thoroughly wash the surfacewith water.

INTERNAL DECONTAMINATIONThe following describes how to decontaminate theinternal water circuits of the ROWPU equipment.The three basic contaminants, NW, BW, and CW,will be considered in turn.

Nuclear Decontamination of ROWPUGive consideration to the decontamination ofROWPU equipment used for processing watercontaminated with radioactive materials. Twotypes of decontamination are involved. Grossdecontamination involves quick, reasonably effec-tive methods that can be applied in the field toremove the bulk of the contamination. Detaileddecontamination, in contrast, refers to thelengthy, thorough process carried out in a reararea and intended to restore the equipment to itsoriginal clean condition. Decontamination ofequipment contaminated by NW agents shouldproceed with awareness of the followingfundamental facts:

Contamination with radioactive substancesdoes not occur evenly. It favors rough and poroussurfaces and those surfaces subject to scaling orencrustation.

Some radioisotopes are more readily absorbedon surfaces than others.

Radiological contaminants, unlike chemicalor biological contaminants, cannot actually beinactivated, neutralized, or destroyed. No degreeof heat or cold or chemical reaction can speed up orslow down the rate of decay. Time is the onlyfactor capable of destroying radioactivity.Therefore, the only way of decontaminating equip-ment is to remove the radioactive substance andtransfer it elsewhere, where it is less obnoxious.

Determination of the degree of contaminationmay be difficult. Most of the contamination will beinside pipes or pumps, for example. In fact, posi-tive radiation readings outside the plumbing canbe obtained only when the contaminating mate-rial is a gamma emitter. When the contaminatingmaterial is an alpha or beta emitter, the radiationparticles will usually be shielded by the wallthickness and will not be detectable on the outside.In this instance, open the equipment, such asloosening a union and removing a section of pipe.Insert the probe of a beta-gamma survey meter,such as the IM-141/AN/PDR-27 radiacmeter,directly into the pipe.

Decontamination should always proceed usingmild methods first and then proceeding to harshmethods. Before proceeding with equipmentdecontamination, establish the degree of con-tamination acceptable. For equipment to be trans-ported to unrestricted areas, maintain a radiationlevel essentially that of the background, with theprobe of a survey meter held directly on or close tothe surfaces. For emergency wartime conditions, amuch higher level of contamination would beacceptable, perhaps 20 mr/h or more. Radioactivesubstances inside pipes would not be harmful, aslong as they were not leached out into the processwater by a change in pH or other factors. Also, ifthe equipment is contaminated with fresh fission,accomplish decontamination by means of simpledecay. Allow the equipment to stand idle for aweek or more. This is effective if replacementequipment is available or if the equipment is notrequired immediately. If the radioactivity were ofa long half-life or if the equipment is neededimmediately, initiate gross decontaminationprocedures employing materials at hand, if pos-sible. Flush the water circuits or recirculate withthe following, in turn, as needed: clean, uncontami-nated water and clean, uncontaminated waterplus detergent. In many instances, this procedurewould leave the equipment at a low enough level ofcontamination to be transferred to other areas.

7-19

FM 10-52-1

When a more extensive decontamination isrequired, conduct a detailed decontaminationprocedure in the rear area.

Biological Decontamination of ROWPUMaterials used for decontaminating the circuits ofwater purification equipment contaminated withBW agents should be effective disinfectants, rapidin action, nonhazardous, noncorrosive, andavailable in quantity. Although very few mate-rials meet all these criteria, many are used in spiteof certain disadvantages.

Chemical Decontamination of ROWPUThe principal materials used for chemical decon-tamination, STB and soap and water, are alsoeffective against biological contaminants. Sincemost CW agents are water soluble, the simplestand usually the most effective method ofdecontaminating the water circuits of the ROWPUequipment is rinsing with pure uncontaminatedwater. The principal mechanism is simply dis-solving the agent away. In addition, hydrolysisusually takes place. Soaps, detergents, andwetting agents also may be employed by virtue oftheir cleansing action. Chemical decontaminatesmay be employed if more potent forces arerequired.

NBC Waste DisposalTake great care in the disposal of NBC-ladenliquid wastes generated by washdown of theequipment or by actual operation. These wastescould be a distinct hazard to the water pointoperators. The three basic schemes used by thenuclear power industry, and also applicable to thedisposal of BW and CW wastes, areas follows:

DI and DI - Dilute and disperse.CO and CO - Concentrate and confine.DE and DE - Delay and decay.

Reducing these principles to practice, consider oneor more of the following procedures:

Discharge downstream.Confine in lagoon.

NOTE: In case of BW/C W, add decontaminatingchemicals.

Expose to weathering processes.NOTE: Air, temperature, sun, and humidity allassist in the destruction of BW and CW agents.

Containerize and ship to a national or interna-tional landfill.

WATER PRODUCTION IN ANNBC ENVIRONMENT

The ROWPU can successfully decontaminatewater up to 99 percent. A posttreatment sectionmust be used in order to remove 99.9 percent of theNBC contaminants in the water.

NW Agent RemovalThe ROWPU alone will remove a large amount ofagents without the posttreatment section. ROremoval characteristics for nuclear warfare agentsare as follows:

95.5 percent of iodine, leaving the nuclearcylinder to remove 4.5 percent.

99.7 percent of strontium, leaving the nuclearcylinder to remove .2 percent.

98.8 percent of cesium, leaving the nuclearcylinder to remove 1.2 percent.

CW Agent RemovalThe ROWPU will also remove large amounts ofchemical agents. RO removal characteristics forvarious chemical warfare agents are as follows:

GB—99.1 percent, leaving the chemicalcylinder to remove .7 percent.

VX—99.9 percent, leaving the chemicalcylinder to remove .1 percent.

BZ—99.9 percent, leaving the chemicalcylinder to remove .1 percent.

GD—99.7 percent, leaving the chemicalcylinder to remove .3 percent.

BW Agent RemovalThe ROWPU will also remove large amounts ofbiological agents. RO removal characteristics forBW agents do not exist. However, BW agents thatare not removed by the RO will be eliminated bythe chlorine residual maintained in the productwater.

POSTTREATMENTThe 600-GPH ROWPU posttreatment systemconsists of two NBC cylinders (one nuclear andone chemical) and components. Agents presentwill determine which cylinder(s) will be used. TheNBC filters are capable of decontaminating waterfor 100 operatingdecontamination

hours. Upon completion ofoperations, dispose of the

7-20

cylinder as directed by the local commander. Thecylinder marked Nuclear contains resin beadswhich absorb certain ions found on the nuclearbattlefield. The cylinder marked Chemical con-tains activated carbon which absorbs the agentsfound on the chemical battlefield.

SetupPosition and set up the ROWPU according toTM 5-4610-215-10. Inspect NBC cylinders, hoses,and tanks for damage and missing or unservice-able parts.

Connect one 1 l/2-inch gate valve to one of yourproduct water tanks. Next connect a 1 l/2-inchhard rubber hose from the gate valve to the suctionside of one of your raw water pumps. Use this rawwater pump to move water from one tank to theother.

Connect the inlet cylinder hose to the dischargeside of the raw water pump using an 80- by3/4-inch diameter hose and a 3/4- to 1 l/2-inchexternal thread bushing. Connect the dischargehose of an NBC cylinder to a product water tankusing an 80- by 3/4-inch diameter hose, a 3/4- to1 l/2-inch external thread bushing, and a 2-inchexternal thread bushing.

Complete the setup by establishing distributionfrom the second product tank. Connect a hardrubber hose from the tank to the suction side of the

distribution pump and a canvaspump to the distribution nozzle.

FM 10-52-1

hose from the

Operation ProceduresInitially purify the water with the ROWPU, fillingonly one onion tank. When this tank is full, openthe gate valve that connects it to the raw waterpump and NBC cylinder and turn on the rawwater pump. Pump water from the first tank,through the NBC cylinder, and into the secondtank. You will distribute this water.

Dismantling of Posttreatment SectionDisconnect hoses from the pump and tanks. Drainwater from the tank and all other components tothe waste drain or raw water source. Removevalves from the tank and install caps. Follow theprevious order in reverse to dismantle the tanksand equipment. After-operation maintenance willbe done according to TM 5-4610-215-10.

NBC Cylinder DisposalFollow local command directives to dispose ofNBC cylinders that were used in an active NBCenvironment. However, use caution when han-dling and moving these items, as they are hot withcontamination. Always wear MOPP gear, andperform personal decontamination after handlingused NBC cylinders.

7-21

FM 10-52-1

CHAPTER 8

Extreme Environment Operations

Section IDESERTS

CHARACTERISTICSDeserts are semiarid and arid regions containinga variety of soils in varying relief. Desert regionsare characterized by:

Extreme temperature ranges, varying between30°F and 130°F over a 24-hour period.

Changing visibility conditions.Long periods of drought, interrupted by sud-

den rains that bring flash floods.shortages of suitable ground water and vir-

tually no surface water.Large areas for excellent movement, inter-

spersed by ravines, bogs, and sand seas.An absence of pronounced terrain features.

SURFACE FEATURESThe basin-and-range topography typical of mostdesert regions is characterized by great, waste-filled valleys separating high mountain ranges.Many such valleys are interior basins with noriver outlets. Streams running down the moun-tains lay coarse, fan-shaped alluvial depositsalong the sides of the mountains and into thevalleys. Most of the down-flowing water sinks anddisappears into these deposits. In these valleys,you can find a permanent zone of saturation in thelower part of the valley fill. Tap this water by useof wells. The water from the upper slopes that doesnot sink into the deposits or is not lost by evapora-tion is carried by interior drainage into the lowestparts of the closed desert basins where it collects.This water is discharged to the atmosphere byevaporation, leaving salt concentrations near thesurface. In locating a water supply of good quality

in a basin-and-range desert region, the mainproblem is to avoid the common, salty water.

Playas or playa lakes are the barren clay flatsresulting from the muddy accumulations whichcollect in the low basins and become dry afterlosing water by evaporation or seepage. Theplayas are smooth and flat and have a lake-basintype topography. The water held in the subsurfacesediments keeps the surface of some playas moist.Where subsurface water escapes downwardthrough openings in bedrock below the sediments,they are dry except after rains. Saltwater gen-erally occurs near the surface in most playas, butfresh water may underlie it.

Other desert regions, such as those in parts ofnorthern Africa and interior Australia, occur onhigh plateaus without mountain ranges. Suchregions lack the deposits of alluvial sediments andreceive very little rainfall. Supplies of groundwater near the surface are rarely available. Theonly possible source of water is aquifers whichtransmit water from distant intake areas. If ageologic reconnaissance indicates the presence ofsuch an aquifer, test drilling to tap it may bejustified.

GROUND WATERIn desert areas, there may be undeveloped watersupplies at depths of several hundred feet.Depending on your location in the desert basinand the presence of other indicators, test drillingto depths below those reached by native wells maybe justified.

8-1

FM 10-52-1

OccurrencesThe typical desert basin can be divided into threeprincipal parts according to ground water occur-rence: the mountain range which contributes mostof the runoff but has little ground water; the upperalluvial slopes, consisting of coarse debris andcontaining ground water at considerable depths;and the valley fill in the lower parts of the basin,which contains most of the ground water. Thewater in the central part of the basin is often salty.The quality of water obtained in the mountains isgood but quantities are generally very small. Youcan obtain fresh water in the alluvial slopes byplacing wells to depths of several hundred feet.Test drilling is necessary in unexplored basinsbecause the thickness and character of depositsvary from place to place.

IndicatorsPlants are extremely valuable as water indicatorsin desert regions. Experience has shown thatvarious species of ground water plants not onlyindicate the presence of water but also its qualityand approximate depth below the surface. Somespecies of plants reach water at or near the watertable, but most plants get their water from the soilmoisture above the water table. In arid regions,the presence of plants that tap the water tableindicates that ground water is close to the surface.In more humid regions the greater abundance ofwater in the soil reduces the value of plants asindicators of a high water table. Ground waterplants sometimes obtain water from a perchedwater table in which case the available watersupply may be limited. Ground water plants gen-erally occur in a zone around the central playa of abasin but not in the center itself because of thealkaline clay at the surface. Generally, plantsother than cacti, sagebrush, and the yuccas willnot grow unless there is a subterranean watertable within 25 feet of the surface. Exceptionsto this would be certain southwestern U.S.phraeatophytes which are known to draw uponground water from depths in excess of 100 feet.

OPERATIONSCombat operations in the desert pose a number ofunique problems. Because there is so little waterand because soldiers and equipment cannot sur-vive without it, water is a critical item of supply inthe desert. Forces trying to survive in the desertwithout adequate water supplies have always metwith disaster. Finding and keeping water sources

may be the crucial issue in desert conflicts. At thevery least, water sources will be critical.

Surface Water SourcesThe principal problem of water supply units indesert operations is lack of surface water sources.Although water supply units normally operate asfar forward as possible, available water sourcesmay force water supply units to operate further tothe rear than normal.

CamouflageThis is another problem in desert operations. Lackof vegetation requires extensive use of camouflagenets, patterns, mud paintings, and covering ofreflective surfaces to conceal water supply pointoperations.

Heat StressThis is also a critical problem for soldiers workingin a desert environment. Operation of water pointsin daytime temperatures means short periods ofwork followed by long periods of rest. Operation atnight, to avoid heat stress, creates light disciplineproblems which may be unacceptable, consideringhow easy it is to see in desert regions. To conservewater in desert combat, greater reliance is placedon conservation procedures. However, waterrequirements are much greater. Therefore, youmust increase resupply rates.

MAINTENANCEThe desert environment requires a very highstandard of maintenance performed well awayfrom specialized support personnel. Operatorsmust be fully trained in operating and main-taining their equipment. Dust, sand, and wind areprobably the greatest danger to the efficientfunctioning of equipment in the desert. It is almostimpossible to avoid particles settling on movingparts and acting as an abrasive.

LubricationLubrication must be the correct viscosity for thetemperature and must be kept to the absoluteminimum in the case of exposed or semi-exposedmoving parts. Sand mixed with oil forms anabrasive paste. Lubrication fittings are criticalitems, Check them frequently. If they are missing,sand will enter the housing and cause bearing

8-2

FM 10-52-1

failure. Teflon bearings require constant inspec-tion to ensure that the coating is not beingremoved, Maintenance of engines is critical due tothe strong possibility of sand or dust entering thecylinders or their moving parts when the equip-ment is stripped. It is essential to have screens toprotect against flying sand. All tools must be keptclean and free of oil film and sand/dust. In hotclimates, the film of oil necessary for operationand preservation will quickly disappear. Inspectequipment daily, paying particular attention tohidden surfaces and other likely places wherecorrosion might occur and not be quickly noticed.Perspiration from the hands can cause rusting.After handling the equipment, clean it, wipe it dry,and lubricate it.

FiltrationIt takes comparatively little dirt to block a fuelline. Compression-ignition engines depend on

clean air. Examine and clean air cleaners on everytype of equipment at frequent intervals. The exactinterval depends on the operating conditions butshould beat least daily. Use filters when receivingfuel. Cover the gap between the nozzle and the fueltank filler. Fuel filters will require frequentcleaning. oil filters will require replacement morefrequently than usual. Engine oils will requirechanging more often than in temperate climates.

ElectricalWind-blown sand and grit will damage electricalwire insulation over a period of time. Protect allcables that are likely to be damaged with tapebefore the insulation becomes worn. Sand will alsofind its way into parts of items such as spaghetticord plugs, either preventing electrical contact ormaking it impossible to join the plugs. Carry abrush, such as an old toothbrush, and use it tobrush out such items before they are joined.

Section IICOLD ENVIRONMENT

NORTHERN REGIONCHARACTERISTICS

Northern regions, including the Arctic and sub-arctic, comprise about 45 percent of the NorthAmerican continent and 65 percent of theEurasian land mass. Northern regions arecharacterized by—

Extreme cold and deep snow during wintermonths.

Spring breakup, resulting in poor movement.Whiteout and grayout which cause loss of

depth perception, making flying, driving, andskiing hazardous.

Ice fog in which clouds of ice crystals covertroops, vehicles, bivouac areas, and permanentfacilities, marking their location.The winter battlefield is characterized by anenvironment that is at best hostile. Depending onthe distance north or south of the equator, theamount of daylight is significantly less than whatoccurs during the summer months. The Arctic andAntarctic circles are at the latitudes beyond whichthere is at least one day per year where the sundoes not rise above the horizon at sea level. This

results in total darkness at those locations when itoccurs. The temperatures on the winter battlefieldrange from 35°F above zero to 50°F below zero,depending on the latitude and the elevation at aparticular location. Precipitation on the winterbattlefield can be in the form of rain, freezing rain,sleet, snow, or any combination of these. Theamount of winter precipitation can vary over alarge range within a few hundred miles dependingon such factors as the terrain, elevation, andproximity to large bodies of water such as oceans.

NORTHERN REGION OPERATIONSOperations in these areas are affected by variousconditions. They are discussed in the followingparagraphs.

The selection, development, and proper opera-tion of a water supply point in the northernregions require an understanding of conditionspeculiar to these areas. When temperatures gobelow 32°F, water purification personnel have

8-3

FM 10-52-1

difficulty operating and maintaining theirequipment. Constant winterizing and use of thewater heaters are required to prevent freezing.Winterizing, however, is not always feasible. Sur-face water in winter must be pumped from beneathan ice layer. To prevent freezing, it may be neces-sary to preheat the water during operations andkeep it heated until it is issued. In addition, waterpurification equipment is not as effective when thetemperature reaches 32°F. At this point, ROWPUsproduce less than half of their rated productioncapability. Treatment chemicals also react dif-ferently at extremely low temperatures. Forexample, at 32°F, chlorine requires twice as muchcontact time to properly disinfect water.

Water reconnaissance is adversely affected byextreme cold. Electronic instruments, such asradiacmeter and automatic chemical test kits,become less dependable and may even fail. In thecase of NBC operations, chemical detection andidentification kits cannot detect solid agents. Itmay be necessary to take soil, snow, or vegetationsamples from suspicious areas and warm them todetect and identify chemical vapors.

SOURCE DETECTIONThe first step in any water supply operation is tofind a source of water. On the winter battlefield,the priority is to use surface water sourceswhenever possible. The biggest problem is to findunfrozen water under a cover of ice and snow. Insome areas it is very easy to find rivers, lakes, andponds by simply reviewing maps and conductinga visual reconnaissance. In other areas with heavysnow covers, it is very difficult to distinguishsmall bodies of water from the surrounding ter-rain. In this case, the presence of vegetation on theshoreline or small changes in elevation maybe theonly indications of an ice- and snow-covered pondor lake.

Once you locate a body of water, it is importantto know the thickness of its ice cover and thedepth of the water under the ice cover. Shallowsurface water sources freeze to the bottom duringthe winter months. The ideal situation would be tohave an ice cover about 6 inches thick with at least5 feet of water under it. Fast-moving water doesnot freeze as fast as slow-moving water under thesame temperature conditions. Fast-moving wateroccurs in rivers and streams wherever there is areduction in the width of the river or stream.Another place to look for fast-moving water is on

the outside of bends in the river. Other than usinga motorized ice auger to bore a hole in the ice tomeasure its thickness and the depth of the waterunderneath it, the most efficient tool to use is ahand-operated ice auger like the type used by icefishermen. This type of ice auger is much fasterand safer to use than an ax or ice chisel. It also hasthe advantage of being much quieter and lighterthan a motorized ice auger. Once you bore a holethrough the ice, use a stick with a piece of woodperpendicular to its end to catch under the bottomof the ice cover to determine the ice thickness. Useanother stick with depth markings as a gauge todetermine the depth of water under the ice cover.

If the hole in the ice has been cleared of floatingice particles and it refills with a lot of slush y ice, itmeans that it is in an area where frazil ice is beingtransported under the ice cover. Frazil ice is theslushy ice that forms as the water travels inturbulent unfrozen sections of a river. If the watersupply hole is located in an area of the river wherefrazil ice is being deposited, it may result in thefrazil ice being sucked into the raw water pump,causing it to freeze.

Shallow ponds and lakes are relatively quietbodies of water compared to rivers and streams.Therefore, the growth rate of ice on a lake or apond is faster than on a river. This means that afoot of water under ice on a pond will freeze muchfaster than a foot of water under ice on a river. Assmall ponds and lakes freeze, most of the dissolvedminerals are excluded from the ice that forms.This means the dissolved minerals remain in thewater. As the ice cover on a pond or lake grows, theconcentration of dissolved minerals in the waterincreases. For example, if a pond had 2 feet ofwater with a total dissolved solids concentrationof 1,000 mg/l under an ice cover and the ice covergrew so that there was only one foot of water leftunder it, then the concentration of total dissolvedsolids in the remaining water would be about2,000 mg/l. This is important as the TDS of thesource water has an impact on the pressuresrequired to operate the ROWPU. Also, as thetemperature of the water drops, so does theproduction rate of the ROWPU. With decreasingtemperature and increasing TDS, water produc-tion rates drop and maintenance requirementsincrease.

The other source of raw water is groundwater.The detection of groundwater is more difficult onthe winter battlefield because of the presence of

8-4

FM 10-52-1

either seasonally or permanently frozen ground.The physical and chemical characteristics offrozen ground are different from unfrozen ground.This means that the various techniques used todetect the presence of groundwater in unfrozenground have to be adapted or modified in order todetect water that is either under or in frozenground. Because groundwater exists only inunfrozen soil, look for unfrozen ground in or underfrozen ground.

Things such as icings or ice mounds indicate thepresence of shallow groundwater. Icings are large,relatively thin sheets of ice that occur whengroundwater seeps to the surface and freezes as itflows across the ground. Ice mounds are largemounds of soil and water that sometimes form onrelatively flat areas. Often they are as tall as aperson and are present in randomly spaced clus-ters. Both icings and ice mounds indicate thepresence of shallow groundwater. They can serveas a source of water for small units and individualsoldiers as well as an indicator of a groundwatersource you can develop for water point operations.

SOURCE DEVELOPMENTWhen possible, locate lake and river water pointson the leeward side where there is generallyclearer water, less snowdrifts, and more shelterfrom the wind. Locate sites on a lake as far fromthe shore as possible, within effective camouflagelimitations.

The development of a surface source of rawwater on the winter battlefield usually consists ofdrilling a hole through the ice cover, and, in somecases, putting an insulated cover over it to preventit from refreezing. In very cold weather, it may benecessary to periodically drain the raw waterpump and the raw water hoses and bring theminto a warm shelter so they do not freeze. Thismeans that the pumps and hoses will have to becarried up the river bank. Make every effort toselect a site where the river bank will not be toosteep to walk up without falling when it is coveredwith snow. If this cannot be avoided, push thesnow over the bank to form a more gently slopingramp from the river.

Snow is a good insulator. Because of this, itshould not be cleared from the ice around thewater supply hole. This snow will serve as aninsulating blanket and slow down the growth ofice under it. In the extreme cold, this loss of

insulation could result in a shallow river freezingsolid. As a result, you would have to find a newsource of water and move the water supply point.The ice usually will be thinnest where it is coveredby the most snow. Snow can be put into sandbagsand used to build a shelter over the supply hole toprevent it from refreezing between uses. Use thissame shelter to house the raw water pump to keepit from freezing.

The development of groundwater raw watersources on the winter battlefield is primarilyconcerned with drilling wells. Well drilling iscovered in FM 5-166 and is not discussed in detailin this manual. Frozen ground adds an additionalfactor to be dealt with by the driller. In additionto drilling the well, the driller may have to casethe well to prevent the sides of the hole fromcollapsing. Also, you must shelter the piping andthe pumps that are above the ground surfaceagainst the cold. Because of the amount of equip-ment and time required to develop a groundwaterwell, surface water sources should always be thefirst priority as a source of raw water for waterpoint operations. Groundwater wells are normallyassociated with rear area semipermanent orpermanent facilities.

SETUPOnce you have found and developed the source ofwater, the next step is to set up the water purifi-cation equipment and the product water storageand distribution equipment. Depending on howcold it will be, it may be necessary to erect a tent tohouse the water purification unit and storage anddistribution equipment. Place tents used to housethe ROWPU on the ice, directly over the holethrough which water is pumped or as close theretoas possible to reduce the possibility of waterfreezing in the intake hose. The type of tentrequired depends on the type of tent available inyour unit. Depending on the number of productwater storage tanks deployed, it may be necessaryto extend the tent with additional sections if youare using the TEMPER or put up another tent forthe additional tanks. The best method is to useTEMPERs that are extendable to a desired length.

Heating the tents requires using HermanNelson, Bare Base, or other types of heaters. Thenumber and types of heaters will depend on theallocation in your TOE. Maintain the temperaturein the tent high enough so that the operators canwork comfortably without wearing heavy outer

8-5

FM 10-52-1

clothing such as parkas or field jackets. On theother hand, the tent should be cool enough thatthe operators can work in it without perspiring.Perspiring will result in chills when operators gooutside. At least one more heater than whatis required to maintain a comfortable workingenvironment in the tent should be available at thewater point for backup. It is important that thisbackup heater be available at the water point andnot stored in a supply area some distance away. Ifit is not readily available, it is possible that thetemperature in the tent could fall below freezing ifthe heater in use failed or had to be shut down formaintenance.

When placing the water supply equipment in thetent, keep in mind that the warm temperature inthe tent will thaw the frozen ground. This meanstwo things: one, mud will form around the tanks;second, the tanks and equipment may freeze to theground. In this situation, place the water storagetanks on pallets to serve as walkways for theoperators. Store all chemicals off the ground onpallets.

Use cribbing under the leveling jacks of thewater purification equipment to prevent themfrom sinking unevenly into the ground when itthaws. Place planks under wheels of the waterpurification equipment to prevent it from gettingstuck in the mud when it is time to move to anotherlocation.

When the ROWPU is set up inside a tent, attachtubing to the vent and drain lines. Empty thistubing into a container so that the water will notspill on the ground in the tent creating more mud.

Another problem you may encounter with frozenground is grounding the electrical generators usedto power the equipment. This problem has twoparts. First is the problem of actually getting theground rod into the frozen ground. The second isthe problem of getting a good electrical ground inthe frozen soil. In some situations, it will beimpossible to drive a ground rod into frozen soil. Ifthis occurs, bore a small hole into the soil with asoil auger, or use a shaped charge explosive toblast a hole in the frozen ground for the groundrod. Reduce the electrical resistance to the groundcaused by the frozen soil by pouring a strong saltsolution down the hole around the ground rod. Asolution made from one pound of salt dissolved inone gallon of water will work well. While the watersupply point is being set up, you must consider its

survivability on the battlefield. Deploy camou-flage nets whenever they are available. Take carethat they do not freeze to the ground, especially inareas where water spills and ice forms. Snow isan excellent camouflage material on the winterbattlefield. It is also an excellent material for theconstruction of field fortifications because of itsability to stop rounds from small arms and crew-served weapons.

In extreme cold, the water vapor contained inthe exhaust from generator engines and otherengines forms ice fog which becomes a signatureeasily detected by the enemy. To reduce ice fog,cool the exhaust before it is released intothe atmosphere. Attach flexible steel pipe to theexhaust, and lay the pipe in a snow bank, coveringit with tarpaulin. This cools the exhaust whichsubsequently reduces the formation of ice fog.

OPERATIONSOnce the water supply equipment has been set up,the next step is to make potable water. On thewinter battlefield, there are the additional compli-cations of keeping the water from freezing and theeffects of the cold raw water temperatures.

One of the characteristics of cold water is itsincreased viscosity. Viscosity is a measure of thestickiness or the ease with which water flows. Atthe lower temperature, water is more viscous orsticky than it is at warmer temperatures. Thismeans that at lower water temperatures a specificpump will pump less water per minute than it doesat a warmer temperature. It also means that solidparticles will settle slower in cold water than theywill in warmer water temperatures. As a result ofthe viscosity effects of cold water normally foundon the winter battlefield, the production rates ofwater supply equipment will be reduced.

Another characteristic of cold water is that itslows down the rate of chemical reactions signifi-cantly. This means that the reactions that occurwhen chemicals, such as polymer, are added tocold water will take longer to complete than theydo in warmer water. Therefore, you must slow theflow rate of water through the equipment wherethese reactions take place so that the reactions canbe completed and the water treated. Notice thereaction of chlorine when it is added to the productwater to disinfect it. The ability of chlorine todisinfect the product water by destroying disease-causing microorganisms, such as bacteria, is

8-6

FM 10-52-1

significantly reduced at cold water temperatures.At water temperatures below 49°F, a solidmaterial known as chlorine hydrate begins toform when chlorine is added to the water. Whenthis occurs, some of the chlorine is removed fromthe solution and its disinfecting capabilities arereduced. For chlorine to be most effective as adisinfectant, the water temperature should beabove 50°F.

Spillage of water around a water point canbecome a serious safety hazard because it mayfreeze into a sheet of ice. Sheets of ice on theground can cause personnel to slip and fall andcan cause vehicles to skid and slide into equip-ment or personnel. If ice forms, increase its trac-tion by putting sand or ashes on it. Make everyeffort to limit the formation of ice.

Extend all lines used to pump brine, filterbackwash water, and any other types ofwastewater from the water treatment equipmentfar enough from the tent so that ice will not be asafety hazard. If possible, place a rope or engineertape around the area where the ice forms sopersonnel will not walk on it at night. Locatewastewater drains in an area where the water willnot drain back into the tent. If this happens, it ispossible that the tent will freeze to the ground.Then you will have to cut the tent out of the ice.

When raw water pumps are being set up, primethem with warm water. After use, drain themimmediately and bring them into a warm tent sothat the remaining water will not freeze. Do thesame thing with the raw water hoses. Disconnectthem, drain them, and bring them into the tent.When draining the raw water pumps and hoses,drain them back into the supply hole and not onthe area around it. Allowing the water to run overthe snow around the supply hole will result in asafety hazard for the operators, and it will reducethe insulating value of the snow, allowing the iceunderneath it to grow quicker and reducing theamount of unfrozen water under it. Remember todrain the pumps and hoses and bring them intothe warm tent between uses.

600-GPH ROWPU PROCEDURESThe 600-GPH ROWPU has no built-in cold weatherprotection. Operate the 600-GPH ROWPU withinan enclosed and heated environment (TEMPER).To deploy or move the ROWPU from one

operational site to another, drain the 600-GPHROWPU as follows:

Drain the ROWPU’s pipes, filters, and connec-tions by opening all seven drain valves and all fivevent valves. Facing the trailer from the towingend, jack up the left side to permit maximum waterdrainage through the drain valves.

After the water has stopped flowing from thedrains, set the RO Pump Jog switch to Jog. Hold itthere for three to five seconds to force water fromthe pump. Remember not to operate the RO PumpJog switch for more than five seconds at a time asyou can damage the pump. (NOTE: The Jogswitch can be used when the RO pump LowPressure lamp is on.) Repeat this operation untilno more water comes from the Drain PulseDampener drain. Disconnect the plastic tubingfrom the bottom of the RO vessels so they candrain. Reconnect the tubing when the vessels arefully drained. Also disconnect the six plasticconnectors holding the plastic lines on thebackwash valve assembly timer on the multi-media filter and allow the lines to drain. Afterdraining the lines, reconnect them to the valveassembly.

Drain the booster pump by running the BoosterPump switch, but for no more than five seconds ata time. Repeat until no more water comes from thecartridge filter drain.

Drain all chemical feed pumps by first emptyingand rinsing all chemical containers and fillingthem with brine water. Next, set the chemicalpump valves to Prime. Set all the control knobs tothe maximum setting and run the pump motor torinse the chemical pump. Chemicals can causesickness or death if extreme care is not taken.Wear protective devices when working with thesesolutions. Remove intake hoses from all chemicalcontainers. Use care in removing intake anddischarge hoses from the chemical feed pumphead. The plastic hoses are extremely brittle andare easily broken. Set the pump to run for 5 to10 seconds to empty water from the chemicalpump. Stop the pump motor, empty the chemicalcontainers, and set the pump valves to the offposition. Remove all hoses from the pump anddrain.

Drain the distribution pump and raw waterpumps. Disconnect the inlet and outlet hoses.Tip the pump toward each connection to permitdrainage. Open the pump vent and drain valves.

8-7

FM 10-52-1

Run the pump for five-second intervals until allwater is out.

Drain the backwash pump by disconnecting thesuction hose and unscrewing the drain plug on thebottom of the pump. After all water is drained,replace the drain plug.

When the ROWPU is shut down, remove the ROelements and soak them in a 1 percent formal-dehyde solution for five minutes. Store the ele-ments in plastic containers indoors or in a tentwhere the temperature is above freezing. Do notallow them to dry.

3,000-GPH ROWPU PROCEDURESThe 3,000-GPH ROWPU has cold weather protec-tion built in. The winter kit has other neededitems. When the unit is on deployment, avoidfreeze-up. Drain the equipment to avoid damagefrom ice formation; however, if allowed to freeze,two to three days will be needed to thaw out thecritical equipment before resuming operations.

Built-in FeaturesBuilt-in features include an insulated and weather-sealed container, floor drain sumps with electricheat tracing pads, and two diesel-fueled spaceheaters. Each heater draws fuel from the dieselgenerator fuel tank at 1/6 gallon per hour. The24VDC electrical power is provided from the dieselgenerator batteries or through the AC/DC con-verter when the generator is operating and themain control panel heater switch is on. If notpowered through the AC/DC converter, powerdraw is automatic from the diesel generator bat-teries. At -25°F, one heater may safely be poweredfor one hour without risk of excessive batterydischarge. Other built-in features include anauxiliary power connection. This connection is foran external 120VAC power supply. With theheater and heat trace switches on, this will powerthe space heaters through the AC/DC converter,the pump heaters, and the sump heat tracing.Finally, the media filter and NBC filter bothinclude a connection to use ROWPU air to rapidlypurge the water from these filters to avoid severefreeze-up.

Winter KitThe winter kit includes two electric hot air blowers,one for the distribution pump and one for the raw

water pump. These blowers connect to heateroutlets at each side of the ROWPU and provideheat to the inside of the pump casings when thepumps are not operating. Also included in the kitare glow plugs for each of the diesel heaters insidethe container, a nonfloating intake screen for usewhen taking water from an ice hole, and a cable toconnect one of the diesel heaters to the generatorbattery during transport or when the power to theROWPU is off.

OperationsAvoid freeze-up of the RO vessels and elementsduring deployment to assure continued ROWPUoperations. Use the space heaters to maintainROWPU van temperature over 35°F. Do notexceed the time limitations established inTM 5-4610-232-12 without heat. Draining willavoid freeze-up of feed and waste pipes which maygenerate damaging ice pieces upon start-up.Draining does not remove all water from thevessels and RO elements. The RO elements holdsome water after draining. If ice is present in theRO elements or vessel when the ROWPU isstarted, the elements may be damaged. Damage isnoted by a high product water TDS because ofwater passing directly through holes in themembrane material. If RO vessels and elementsare drained and allowed to freeze, thawing willrequire two days with additional heat provided tobring the temperature up to 85°F or eight days at45°F. If freezing cannot be avoided, remove theelements, stand them on end to assure drainage,and properly seal them.

Both the polyelectrolyte and sequestrant willfreeze but will not lose performance when thawed.Completely thaw before using them. If they arecloudy, mix them before using. The chemicaltubing will freeze in the chemical systems if notpurged. Damage is unlikely. However, thawingwill delay availability. Provide protection byair purging according to long-term shutdownprocedures.

Avoid freeze-up of the media filter duringdeployment to assure continued operation. Iffreezing cannot be avoided, drain and air purgethe filter to avoid solidly freezing the media andinternal works. If the filter is drained and allowedto freeze, thawing will require the same time andheat as required for the RO elements. If the filter isdrained and purged before freezing, it can be

8-8

FM 10-52-1

returned to service with some precautions. Treatthe NBC filter the same as the media filter.

When deployed for a cold weather mission, theraw water and distribution pumps are enclosed inan insulating casing and the hot air blower isinstalled. The hot air blower keeps the pumpcasings warm when the pumps are not operating.While the pumps are operating, the water flow willprevent freezing. When securing the ROWPU orwhen the diesel generator fails, drain the pumpswithin 15 minutes.

Flowing water will not easily freeze in thepiping, so there is little danger of freeze-up whilethe ROWPU is running. When the ROWPU is shutdown during cold weather, however, water in thepipes can freeze. Expansion during freezing willdamage piping. Therefore, drain the ROWPUwhen it is stored outside in cold weather.

When the ROWPU is running, there is no dangerof hoses freezing. The hoses will not freeze rapidly,but ice may build up at the end connectors andbegin to restrict the water flow. Covering the hoseswith 12 inches of dirt or snow will reduce thisproblem. Ice will begin to form in the hoses withina short time after shutdown at -25°F. If theROWPU is to be shut down longer than15 minutes, disconnect the hoses at all joints andfully drain them by walking out all water. Start-upis simplified if lay-flat hoses are also rolled andplaced within the ROWPU until needed.

ShutdownWhen shutting down to a secured condition, per-form normal shutdown procedures. In addition,the following actions should be taken in coldweather.

While the media filter is being backwashes,remove the product hose sections and the productshut-off valve. Cap the van connection. Imme-diately after backwashing is complete, close thefeed valve, remove the raw water discharge hoseand adapter, and install the cap on the vanconnection. Disconnect all canvas hose sectionsand quickly walk out the hose sections to removewater. Roll up the hoses and place them inside thevan. Disconnect all waste hose sections and walkout the water. Reconnect for use during cleaningprocedures. Disconnect and drain all deployedraw water suction hose sections. Open the rawwater drain and priming valves.

After beginning the RO cleaning or sanitizingprocedure, drain and purge the media filter byopening the media filter lower drain and ventvalves. Continue the air purge until only air isobserved at the drain. Watch the air pressuregauge. Do not allow pressure to drop below200 psig. If it does, close the valve and wait foradditional air pressure to build before continuing.After the media filter is drained, close the hosevalve and leave the filter drain open. If on an NBCmission, drain and purge the NBC filter. Whencleaning and/or sanitizing procedures are com-plete, drain the water tanks, disconnect the hoses,and open the distribution pump drain valve. Imme-diately roll up the dispensing hoses with thenozzles locked open to remove the water, and placethem inside the van. Maintain operation of thespace heaters to avoid freeze-up.

Continue to operate the diesel generator toprovide power for the heaters. An auxiliary powerconnection provides 120VAC power to the van andhigh-pressure pump package space heater as wellas to the heat trace and pump hot air blowercircuits. Power can be supplied by an auxiliarygenerator or another ROWPU at the water point,allowing the diesel generator to be secured. Thespace heater’s power automatically shifts to thediesel generator batteries when the generator isshut down and auxiliary power is not supplied.The Heater Power Supply On/Off switch willcontrol the heaters. When drawing from the bat-teries, stop heater two to avoid running down thebatteries. If the ROWPU is being shut down forstorage, remove the RO elements after soakingthem with sodium metabisulfate. Drain the ROvessels before the heaters are stopped.

MovementPreparation for movement in cold weatherinvolves the following additional steps. Maintaingenerator and heater operations until pack-up iscomplete. Open all vents and drains. Do not leaveRO element sanitizing solution in the RO vessels.Uncap all ROWPU van external connections. Airpurge the media filter, the NBC filter, and all threechemical systems. Now follow normal pack-upprocedures. Stop heater one, close van doors, andsecure the generator. The remaining operatingheater (heater two) will prevent freeze-up duringtransport. After one hour, battery drain may beexcessive.

8-9

FM 10-52-1

STORAGE AND DISTRIBUTIONPROCEDURES

Keep any product water being stored or distri-buted on the winter battlefield from freezing.There are several ways to accomplish thisprocedure.

Elevate the product water storage tanks onpallets off the ground in a warm tent. If the tanksare outside, keep ice and snow from the top of thetanks. Remove ice and snow from connections toensure proper assembly and disassembly of compo-nents. Avoid any unnecessary folding, unfolding,or rolling of tanks which might cause cracking ordamage to the material. At the water supply point,bring product water distribution hoses into thetent when not in use. Personnel at the watersupply point should use insulated, waterproofgloves when dispensing water. Be careful whenhandling hose assemblies and distribution

nozzles. Before attempting to use nozzles, removeany accumulation of ice or snow and check for freemovement of the nozzle on swivels.

Use pumps to prevent freezing in storage tanksby recirculating water between tanks. The numberof pumps required and their location depend onthe number of storage tanks used. Keep enginefuel tanks full to prevent condensation. Drain andservice fuel filters more frequently than undernormal conditions. Before starting engine-drivenpumps, remove any accumulation of ice or snowfrom spark plugs and wiring. Make sure the inletair temperature shutter on the engine is set forwinter operation. Run engines at low speed, andallow them to warm to the operating temperaturebefore applying full loads.

8-10

FM 10-52-1

APPENDIX A

Formulas For Water Supply Problems

USE OF FORMULAS TO SOLVE PROBLEMSThis appendix gives formulas for use in solving water supply problems often found in thefield. Each formula is accompanied by a problem solved by using the formula.

CONVERSION OF VOLUME TO WEIGHT OF WATERThe formula and a problem for conversion of volume to weight of water are given below.

a. Formula.Weight of water in pounds = Cubic feet of water x 62.4

b. Illustrative Problem. What is the weight of water in a full tank with a volume of470 cubic feet?

Weight of water = Cubic feet x 62.4= 470 x 62.4= 29,328 pounds

CONVERSION OF VERTICAL FEET OF WATER TO POUNDSPER SQUARE INCH

The formula and a problem for conversion of vertical feet of water to pounds per squareinch

a.

b.

are given below.Formula.

Pounds per square inch = Vertical feet of water x 0.43Illustrative Problem. What is the pressure in pounds per square inch at the bottom of

a storage tank with 25 vertical feet of water? -

Pounds per square inch = Vertical feet of water x 0.43= 25x 0.43= 10.75

CONVERSION OF POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH TOVERTICAL FEET OF WATER

The formula and a problem for conversion of pounds per square inch to vertical feet ofwater are given below.

a. Formula.Vertical feet of water= Pounds per square inch = 2.3

b. Illustrative Problem. How many vertical feet of water are in a tank that is 45 feethigh? A pressure gauge at the bottom of the tank reads 9 pounds per square inch.

Vertical feet of water = Pounds per square inch x 2.3= 9 x 2.3

= 20.7

A-1

FM 10-52-1

CONVERSION OF VOLUME TO GALLONS OF WATERThe formula and a problem for conversion of volume to gallons of water are given below.

a. Formula.Gallons of water= Cubic feet of water x 7.5

b. Illustrative Problem. How many gallons of water are in a tank with 400 cubic feet ofwater?

Gallons of water = Cubic feet of water x 7.5= 400 x 7.5= 3.000

CONVERSION OF GALLONS OF WATER TO CUBIC FEETThe formula and a problem for conversion of water to cubic feet are given below,

a. FormulaCubic feet = Gallons of water

7.5b. Illustrative Problem. How many cubic feet of tank space are needed to store

1,500 gallons of water?Cubic feet = Gallons of water

7.5= 1,500

7.5= 200

CALCULATION OF VOLUME OF WATER TANKSThe formula and two problems for calculation of volume of water tanks are given below.

a. Formula for Rectangular TankV= L x W x H.

where V = Volume in cubic feetL = Length in feet

W = Width in feetH = Height in feet

b. Formula for Cylindrical Tank.V= π r2H

where V = Volume in cubic feetπ = 3.14 or 22/7, a constantr = Radius (half of the diameter) of the tank

H = Height in feet

A-2

FM 10-52-1

c. Illustrative Problems. What is the volume of a rectangular tank that is 10 feet long,7 feet wide, and 4 feet high?

V = L x W x H= 10O x 7 x 4

= 280 cubic feetWhat is the volume of a cylindrical tank that has a radius of 4 feet and is 7 feet high?

V= π r2H= 3.14 x 42 X 7=3.14 x 16 x 7= 351.68 cubic feet

CALCULATION OF QUANTITY OF WATER FLOWING IN A STREAMThe formula and a problem for calculation of quantity of water flowing in a stream aregiven below.

a. Formula.Q = 6.4 x A x V

where Q = Quantity of water in gallons per minute6.4 = Constant.

There are 7.5 gallons of water per cubic foot. However, because of error instream measurement, 7.5 is reduced to 6.4.

V = Velocity of the stream in feet per minute.This figure is obtained by noting the time it takes a twig or floating objectto travel a known distance.

A = Area of the stream in square feet.This figure is obtained by multiplying the width of the stream by thedepth of the stream.

b. Illustrative Problem. A stream has an average depth of 2 feet and a width of 16 feet. Atwig floats 13.3 feet per minute. How many gallons per minute are flowing in the stream?

Q = 6.4 x A x V= 6.4 x 2 x 16 x 13.3

= 2,732.8 gallons per minute

CALCULATION OF POUNDS OF CHLORINEThe formula and a problem for calculation of pounds of chlorine are given below.

a. Formula.Pounds of chlorine = Gallons of water x 8.3 x parts per million

1,000,000

A-3

FM 10-52-1

b. Illustrative Problem. If eight parts per million of chlorine are required for3,000 gallons of water, how many pounds of chlorine will be needed?

Pounds of chlorine = Gallons of water x 8.3 x parts per million1,000,000

= 3,000 x 8.3 x 81,000,000

= 0.1992

CALCULATION OF GALLONS OF WATER THAT CAN BETREATED WITH A GIVEN SUPPLY OF CHLORINE

The formula and a problem for calculation of’ gallons of water that can be treated with agiven supply of chlorine are given below.

a.

b.five

Formula.Gallons of water =

Illustrative Problem.

Pounds of chlorine x 1,000,0008.3 x parts per million

There are 4.15 pounds of chlorine on hand. The operator is usingparts per million of chlorine as the average treatment dosage. How many gallons of

water can the operator treat before running out of chlorine?Gallons of water = Pounds of chlorine x 1,000,000

8.3 x parts per million= 4.15 x 1,000,000

8.3 x 5= 100,000

CALCULATION OF THE PARTS PER MILLION OFCHLORINE PRESENT IN A TREATMENT TANK

The formula and a problem for calculation of parts per million of chlorine present in atreatment tank are given below.

a. Formula.Parts per million = Pounds of chlorine x 1,000,000

Gallons of water x 8.3b. Illustratiue Problem. If 16.6 pounds of chlorine are added to 20,000 gallons of water,

how many parts per million of chlorine are present?Parts per million = Pounds of chlorine x 1,000,000

Gallons of water x 8.3= 16.6 x 1,000,000

20,000 x 8.3= 100

CONVERSION OF POUNDS OF CHLORINE TOOUNCES OF CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE

The formula and a problem for conversion of pounds of chlorine to ounces of calciumhypochlorite are given below.

A-4

FM 10-52-1

a. Formula.Ounces of calcium hypochlorite = Pounds of chlorine x 22.9

b. Illustrative Problem. If 1/2 pound of chlorine will be needed to treat a water source,how many ounces of calcium hypochlorite will be required?

Ounces of calcium hypochlorite = Pounds of chlorine x 22.9= 0.5 x 22.9

= 11.45

A-5

APPENDIX BChlorine Dosage

FM 10-52-1

Use Table B-1 (page B-1) to determine how muchof a material with chlorine must be used tochlorinate a given amount of water. To use thechart, follow these steps.

Select the desired parts of chlorine per million ofwater.

Determine the strength of the solution to beused. This decision will determine which chlorine-containing material to use. The materials to beused are as follows:

Liquid sodium hypochlorite for a 5 percentsolution.

Solid chlorinated lime for a 25 percentsolution.

Solid calcium hypochlorite for a 70 percentsolution.

Gaseous chlorine for a 100 percent solution.Compute the number of gallons to be chlorinated.Read across the gallons-of-water line and down

the parts-per-million/strength-of-solution column.Where they intersect is the amount of materialrequired.

B - 1Fold-out for page B-1

FM 10-52-1

APPENDIX C

Purification Equipment Characteristics

CHARACTERISTICS

Section I600-GPH ROWPU

AND FEATURESThe 600-GPH ROWPU is used by divisional andbrigade water purification elements and, in somecases, in corps and EAC units for the production ofpotable water from fresh, brackish, or saline watersources. The unit is trailer-mounted, air droppable,and requires a dedicated 5-ton prime mover. The600-GPH ROWPU is designed to purify 960 gallonsof water per hour from fresh water sources(1,000 ppm TDS or less) at a temperature of 770F.This ROWPU can produce 760 gallons of waterfrom saline water sources (35,000 ppm TDS ormore) at a temperature of 77° F. As the raw watertemperature drops, the production capability ofthe ROWPU is reduced, so that, at 500F, thisROWPU produces 300 GPH on fresh water sourcesand 200 GPH on saline water sources. Addi-tionally, other external factors, such as turbidity,also affect production rates. This ROWPU iscapable of effectively removing potentially haz-

biological agents and radioactive by-products ofnuclear origin.

The ROWPU is 18 feet long, 8 feet high, and8 feet wide. It weighs about 8 1/2 tons, includingthe trailer and the required 30KW generator.Figure C-1 (page C-1) shows the 600-GPH ROWPUfrom the top with the canvas cover removed. Toprovide room for all operating components, storematerial in layers. The top layer consists of rolled-up suction hoses on top of two folded water tanks.Stored between the tanks is a sledge hammer anda collapsed telescopic aluminum paddle. Next tothe tanks is a stack of five plastic pails withchemical names on their sides. On the same side ofthe ROWPU, you will find two storage boxesfastened with a strap under the tanks. These boxescontain various chemicals, tools, and installationitems. Nine sections of suction hose are stored on

ardous concentrations of all known chemical and the side of the ROWPU frame.

C-1

FM 10-52-1

In the second layer, you will find two raw water strapped down with the distribution pump. On thepumps and the backwash pump (Figure C-2, right side are 1 l/2-inch and 2-inch diameterpage C-2). The pumps are covered with canvas and discharge canvas hoses, rolled up. A raw waterstrapped down. The distribution pump is located float is in the center of the ROWPU next to the twoat the rear of the unit, next to the generator. The NBC cylinders. Figure C-3 (page C-3) shows theROWPU also includes a portable step which is ROWPU with all operating equipment removed.

C-2

FM 10-52-1

C-3

FM 10-52-1

MAJOR COMPONENTSThere are five major components of the 600-GPHROWPU. They are described below.

Internal PumpsThere are three types of internal pumps. They aredescribed below.Booster pump. The booster pump forces waterfrom the multimedia filter through the cartridgefilter. The pump is a centrifugal type rated at30 GPM at 50 feet of head. It is driven by an electric1 HP motor. The control switch for the boosterpump is located on the control panel between theRO Pump switch and the Chemical Feed Pumpswitch.RO pump. The RO pump applies very high pres-sure (above 800 psi) to raw, filtered water from thecartridge filter to the RO pressure vessels. Thepump is a five-piston, positive-displacement typerated at 51 GPM at 980 psi. A 20 HP electric motordrives it. The controls for the RO pump consist of alow-pressure lamp, a high-pressure lamp, a resetswitch, and a start switch with indicator lamp.All RO controls and lamps are located on thecontrol panel.

Chemical feed pumps. The chemical feedpumps inject treatment chemicals into the flow ofwater being treated. There are four chemical feedpumps, each rated at 3.17 GPH. The four pumpsare driven by a 1/3 HP electric motor.

External PumpsThere are three different external pumps. They aredescribed below.Backwash pump. The backwash pump forcesbrine water from the brine tank through themultimedia filter to flush out accumulated mate-rial. It is also used to circulate the brine/citric acidsolution through the RO elements during mem-brane cleaning. The pump is a centrifugal typerated at 120 GPM at 70 psi. A 10 HP electric motordrives it.Distribution pump. This pump delivers waterfrom the product storage tanks into the supportedunit’s vehicles and/or containers. The distributionpump is a centrifugal type rated at 30 GPM at50 feet of head. A 1 HP electric motor drives it.Raw water pumps. The two raw water pumpsdraw water from the source and move it to the

ROWPU. Each raw water pump is a centrifugaltype rated at 30 GPM at 105 feet of head. A 2 HPelectric motor drives each pump.

Multimedia FilterThis filter is the first stage of treatment. Themultimedia filter removes solids that passthrough the input strainer. It is rated at 6.5 GPMper square foot.

Cartridge FilterThe cartridge filter removes suspended solids notremoved from the process water by the multimediafilter. The cartridge canister contains eight car-tridges. The cartridge canister is rated at 35 GPMmaximum flow.

Pulse DampenerThe pulse dampener is a bell-shaped metal tankused to reduce pulses in the process water flowcaused by the pistons in the positive displacementRO pump.

RO VesselsThe RO vessels (four each) are reinforced canistersdesigned to withstand the high pressures requiredfor RO operations. Each vessel contains two ROmembrane elements. Each element is a 6-inch rollof semipermeable, spiral-wound, poly-plasticmembrane. Under pressure, the membrane allowsthe process of RO to separate the dissolved solidsfrom the product water. The dissolved solids,called brine flow, are then passed from theROWPU as waste.

Control PanelThe control panel consists of various gauges,valves, lights, switches, and hose connections.The control box consists of the pump controlswitches and indicator lamps. The control box islocated on the left side of the control panel. Thecircuit breaker panel is located in the junction boxand consists of circuit breakers for the pumps,utility outlets, and backwash timer. The locationof controls on the panel is shown in Figure C-4(page C-5) and their functions are described inTable C-1 (pages C-5 and C-6). The normal readingof all gauges is shown in Table C-2 (page C-7).

C-4

FM 10-52-1

C-5

FM 10-52-1

C-6

FM 10-52-1

Section II3,000-GPH ROWPU

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe 3,000-GPH ROWPU is intended for use bynondivisional corps and EAC units for DS and GSwater production operations. It is containedwithin a special 8- by 8- by 20-foot ISO containerwith an overpack. The 3,000-GPH ROWPU ismounted on a standard 30-foot military trailer andcan be shipped aboard USAF aircraft. It ispowered by a 60KW utility diesel generator thatis mounted on the rear of the trailer (Figure C-5,page C-8). The 3,000-GPH ROWPU is designed topurify 3,000 gallons of water per hour from freshwater sources (1,000 ppm TDS or less) at a tem-perature of 77° F. This ROWPU can produce2,000 gallons of water from saline water sources(35,000 ppm TDS or more) at a temperature of770F. As the raw water temperature drops, theproduction capability of the ROWPU is reduced,so that, at 50°F, this ROWPU produces 1,500 GPHon fresh water sources and 1,000 GPH on salinewater sources. Other external factors, such as

turbidity, also affect production rates. ThisROWPU is capable of effectively removing poten-tially hazardous concentrations of all knownchemical and biological agents and radioactiveby-products of nuclear origin.

MAJOR COMPONENTSThe raw water system, water filtration system, ROsystem, chemical feed system, and the air controlsystem are major components of the 3,000-GPHROWPU. See Figure C-6 (page C-9). They aredescribed in the following paragraphs.

The Raw Water SystemThe raw water system draws raw water from thesource thru a coarse screen. The raw water pump isa self-priming type pump. When the pump casingis filled with water and the pump is turned on, itwill pull air out of the suction hose and pull the

C-7

FM 10-52-1

water up to the pump. Use a hand- operated primepump to assist the raw water pump to quickly pullup the water. Use either a water can or the handprime pump for initial priming. Without the handpump, a lift of 15 feet through five hose sectionswill require six to eight minutes. With the handpump, this is reduced to two to three minutes. Oncethe pump is primed, suction and discharge checkvalves (one-way flow valves) prevent the waterfrom running back down to the water source whenthe pump is stopped. If these seal tightly, the pump

discharge pressure delivers raw water to thecyclone separators where the water is swirled at ahigh rate of speed so that the heavier dirt and sandare thrown to the outside of the swirl and drip tothe bottom where they are carried away throughwaste hoses. Any suspended solid which will settlein a glass in less than 20 minutes will be removed.Water which passes through the separators isdelivered under pressure up to the ROWPU vanwhere suction of a booster pump inside the vanfeeds pressurized water to the filtration com-

will only require initial priming. Raw water pump ponents (Figure C-7, page C-10).

C-8

FM 10-52-1

C - 9

FM 10-52-1

C-10

Water Filtration SystemIn the water purification system, the raw water isfiltered, treated with chemicals, and pressurizedfor the RO process. This system also includes airsupply for automatic valve control.

The raw water is first treated by filtration. Thefilters reduce the turbidity of the raw water byremoving suspended particles of fine clay, dirt,and organic matter. Turbidity not only makeswater unfit to drink, but it may also foul the ROelements. Usually the water leaving the cartridgefilter will have a turbidity of 0.5 to 1.5 NTU. Thisamount of turbidity usually causes slow foulingwhich can be removed by routine RO elementcleaning. Fouling reduces the amount of waterwhich can be produced by the ROWPU. The flowpath is from the booster pump to the basketstrainer, to the media filter, to the cartridge filter.This flow is described below.

The booster pump receives water from the rawwater discharge hose. It pressurizes the water so itcan go through the filtration steps.

The basket strainer removes remaining largeparticles such as leaves and wood pieces notremoved by the cyclone separators. This preventsplugging of the water distributors inside themedia filter. A spare strainer basket is carried onboard to provide for a quick change when thebasket strainer becomes blocked. When the basketstrainer becomes blocked, the pressure at thebasket strainer outlet becomes lower than thepressure at the basket strainer inlet. The ROWPUcontrols sense that pressure drop and set off ayellow warning light and pulsing horn.

The media filter removes most of the fine dirt,clay, and organic particles. The water enters thetop of the filter and flows downward through onelayer of coarse filter media and a final layer ofvery fine garnet sand. These layers are all sup-ported by three layers of support gravel. A col-lector picks up the filtered water for discharge. Thefine particles are too small to be removed by thestraining action of the filter media. Many of theparticles contain layers of electrical chargeswhich prevent them from forming larger particles.The secret to removing these particles is theaddition to the feedwater of a treatment chemicalcalled polyelectrolyte. With the aid of this chemi-cal, the filter can remove most of the dirt from thewater, resulting in a turbidity between 0.5 and2 NTU in most cases. Turbidity is measured by a

continuous-reading

FM 10-52-1

turbidity meter. In time, thedirt trapped in the media filter will cause anincrease in the pressure drop between the inlet andoutlet pressure. A pressure gauge reads this dif-ference and the ROWPU controls sense when thisdifference is too great. A warning light on themain control panel will come on and the warninghorn will sound. The controls are then set by theoperator to automatically backwash the mediafilter.

The cartridge filter contains 10 filter car-tridges. Water goes through these filters for final(polishing) filtrations. When it has gone throughthis filter, the water will normally have a turbidityof 0.5 to 1.5 NTU. In time, these cartridges willbecome dirty. The pressure drop across the filterwill increase. A pressure gauge reads this pressuredrop, and the ROWPU controls sense when it is toohigh. A warning light will come on and thepulsing horn will sound. The ROWPU must beshut down and the dirty cartridges replaced.

RO SystemAfter filtration to remove most of the suspendedclay, dirt, and organic particles, the feedwater isfurther processed by RO. The feedwater is pres-surized by a high-pressure pump and delivered toRO vessels containing RO elements. In the ROelements, the feedwater flows across sheets ofmembrane material. Some of the water passesthrough the membrane sheets and is collected tobecome product water. Most of the dissolved solids(salts) are blocked from passing through. Onlyone-third to one-half of the feedwater passesthrough the membrane sheets to become productwater. The rest of the water containing most of thesalt continues flowing past the membranes andexits the RO vessel as waste water. The amount ofproduct water produced increases as the pressureincreases.

The high-pressure pump is a three-plunger,positive displacement pump. It pumps 101 GPMpressurizing the water to the RO vessels. Thepump is belt-driven by a 60 HP motor. Pump speedand delivery are fixed. The pump is mounted ina package separate from the IS0 container.Restriction of the water supply (blocked intakeflow) will cause extreme vibration of the pump,and a low-pressure switch will automatically shutdown the ROWPU.

C-11

FM 10-52-1

The pressurized feedwater is discharged througha high-pressure hose to a manifold connecting thetop two RO vessels. One-half of the flow enterseach vessel; and as it passes across the membranesheets, some of the water passes through and iscollected in a central product water tube. Theremaining feedwater, now containing a higherconcentration of dissolved solids, dischargesthrough an end fitting into a high-pressure pipewhich directs the water back to the inlet end of thecorresponding lower RO vessel. The water simi-larly passes across the membrane sheets withinthe lower vessels, producing additional productwater.

The remaining feedwater leaving the bottomRO vessels is now waste water and containsconcentrated salts. From each vessel it passesthrough an orifice to decrease the pressure. Then itis combined to pass through the high-pressurecontrol valve and another orifice. This valvecontrols the working pressure of the system. Bycontrolling the pressure of the system, the valvecontrols the amount of product water made. Ahigh-pressure switch limits the pressure to900 psig.

The product water flow at a fixed operatingpressure is reduced as the source water TDSincreases. The increased TDS causes an increasein natural opposing pressure called osmotic pres-sure. For this reason, the mission normal waterproduction is the highest for fresh water, lower forbrackish water, and lowest for sea water. Themission normal water production depends onwater temperature. At a fixed operating pressure,the water production is also reduced as the sourcewater temperature decreases.

The product water from each vessel is collectedin a header and piped to the outlet. An in-line TDSmeter monitors salt content to assure that productwater meets potable water standards. A portableTDS meter is also used to measure the TDS fromeach vessel and the combined TDS from samplevalves. Below 100 ppm TDS, use the portablemeter. Just before the outlet, calcium hypochloriteis added. The chlorinated product water is cappedpotable water. When the TDS meets potable waterstandards, the product water hose is manuallyinserted into a storage tank. When the productwater does not meet potable water standards, thehose is directed to waste. A pressure switch shuts

down the ROWPU if hose blockage causes highpressure.

Chemical Feed SystemThere are three chemical injection pumps: one forpolyelectrolyte, one for sequestrant, and one forhypochlorite. Each pump can be adjusted to con-trol its delivery or turned off. Each of the threechemical solutions are contained in a tank. Eachtank is labeled by name and a correspondingidentifying symbol: polyelectrolyte - triangle;sequestrant - square; hypochlorite - circle. Thetanks are manually filled with potable water fromthe utility hose. The polyelectrolyte and seques-trant are each supplied in a l-gallon containerwith a graduated dispensing neck to allow forproper addition to the chemical tanks. Hypo-chlorite is added by emptying premeasuredpackages.

Polyelectrolyte is pumped from the polyelec-trolyte tank by the polyelectrolyte pump. It isinjected under pressure into the feedwater at thefeedwater booster pump inlet. The polymer acts totrap very fine dirt particles in the media filter.These particles normally will not form largerparticles because of electrical charges within theirstructures. The polymer is a long, string-likemolecule which also has electrical charges alongits length. As a polymer string contacts the fineparticles, the electrical charges hold them andlarger sticky floe particles are formed. When a floeparticle contacts a grain of filter media, it has agood chance of sticking. Some polymer stringswill stick to media grains and then trap fine dirtparticles as they pass through the media filter.The amount of polymer used is very important. Ifthere is not enough polymer, too many fine par-ticles escape. If there is too much polymer, theelectrical charges interfere with each other andmany of the fine particles and some polymerescape from the filter. Use the correct amount ofpolymer to get the best removal of fine particles, asindicated by the lowest turbidity obtainable.

Inject sequestrant (scale inhibitor) into thefeedwater to minimize or avoid the formation ofscale in the RO elements. The amount, andwhether it is needed at all, depends on the rawwater source. Scale is formed when some of thedissolved solids become too concentrated toremain dissolved. The sequestrant interferes withscale formation. If scale forms, acid cleaning isrequired. Within the sequestrant, bacteria can

C-12

FM 10-52-1

grow and foul the RO elements. This is avoided byadding bisulfite when the sequestrant is mixedwith the water.

Hypochlorite is injected by the backwashhypochlorite pump to the water flow during mediafilter backwash. It acts to kill algae and bacteriawhich can form a sticky matte on top of the filtermedia. If hypochlorite is not used, algae will makethe media in the media filter so sticky thatbackwashing will not remove the dirt and algaeand mud balling will occur. The tank andchemical packets are marked with a circle for easyidentification. Hypochlorite is injected by thehypochlorite injection pump into the productwater to provide chlorine residual amounts neededto keep the water safe to drink during distributionand use. The amount of chlorine is important andis set by the Army Surgeon General. Ten ppm isrequired in winter and 5 ppm in summer. Chlorineworks slower in cold weather, so more is needed.

Air Control SystemThe air compressor, mounted in the high-pressurepump package, is the source of air pressure tooperate automatic valves and aid in media filterbackwash. Compressed air is stored in the airreservoir which provides 1,800 psig service air. Anair regulator valve reduces the air pressure to85 psig for service use. An air dryer further reducesmoisture from the low-pressure air used for valvesand instruments. Air manifolds distribute theservice air.

THE MEDIA FILTER BACKWASHBackwash the media filter whenever the MediaFilter Plugged warning light and horn come on orat least once a day if the horn and light do notcome on. Routinely backwash the media filterevery six hours when it is operating on a river orlake with a heavy concentration of organic mate-rial and a temperature over 70° F. This actionavoids a thick layer of sticky organic material

building on the surface of the filter bed. Thismaterial is the principle cause of mud ball for-mation. The filter media and the sticky organicmaterial form large sticky balls during backwash.These balls sink and lead to extremely poor filterperformance. On some waters, most of the placesin the filter bed for the dirt to stick are used upwithout causing a high enough pressure drop toset off the alarm. When this happens, the filteredwater turbidity begins to increase. If it increasesby more than 0.5 NTU, backwash the filter.

RO MEMBRANE FOULINGSuspended solids in the feedwater are driven tothe membrane surface and have a tendency tostick. As this happens, the water flow throughthe membrane is restricted. The product flowdecreases or the operating pressure must beincreased to obtain a constant flow. This problemis called fouling. The lower the turbidity obtainedfrom the filters, the lower the rate of fouling willbe. Fouling cannot be avoided, but it can bedecreased by good operations. Regular cleaningof the RO elements is part of the operationalprocedures for the ROWPU.

NBC OPERATIONSThe ROWPU can decontaminate raw water whichcontains NBC agents. The feedwater filters andthe RO elements remove most of these agents.However, safe levels are not assured. When decon-taminating raw water during NBC missions, theproduct water is additionally passed through theNBC filter for final agent removal. After filtration,the water is chlorinated. The NBC filter is con-nected by jumper hoses when it is required. Thetop half of the filter contains a layer of activatedcarbon. The lower half contains a layer of ionexchange resin beads. The NBC agents areabsorbed by these materials. The carbon and resinbeads are replaced after each 100 hours of waterproduction to assure there is always a capabilityto absorb NBC materials.

Section III150,000-GPD ROWPU

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe 150,000-GPD ROWPU is intended for use by operations requiring GS water supply operations.corps and EAC water purification units to support The unit will be provided to operating units as

C-13

FM 10-52-1

required. Production capability is based upon a20-hour-per-day operation. The unit is mobilewhen disassembled. Required assembly time willbe less than three days. The unit is designed tooperate on seawater, and is not specially designedto reduce the presence of chemical and biologicalagents and radioactive by-products; however, 90to 95 percent reduction in NBC agent concen-tration is inherent in its operation. The process,however, does not ensure potable water in anactive NBC environment. The ROWPU(Figure C-8, page C-15) consists of a series of dieselengine-driven pumps, filters, and a RO blockassembly capable of converting 150,000 GPD ofbrackish water or seawater to drinking water.

MAJOR COMPONENTSThe raw water pump assembly, boost pumpassembly, pretreatment assembly, multimediafilters, high-pressure pump assembly, and the ROblock assembly are major components of the150,000-GPH ROWPU. These components aredescribed below.

Raw Water Pump AssemblyThe raw water pump assembly consists of a skid-mounted diesel engine/centrifugal pump com-bination. The one-cylinder diesel engine is rated at6.7 HP at 2,000 RPM. Start the engine by a handcrank or with an electric starter. The centrifugal,direct-coupled pump is rated at 350 GPM at 30 psi.The pump takes water from a remote location up to95 feet away and pumps it to the boost pumpassembly up to 500 feet away. The dimensions ofthe assembly are 49 by 33 by 29 inches, its weightis 687 pounds, its oil capacity is 2.3 quarts, and itsfuel tank capacity is 2 gallons.NOTE: In recent deployments, this pump hasbeen replaced by the three-cylinder 350-GPMpump described in Appendix D of this manual.

Boost Pump AssemblyThe boost pump assembly consists of a skid-mounted diesel engine/centrifugal pump combina-tion. The three-cylinder diesel engine is rated at48 HP at 3,000 RPM. An electric starter starts theengine and drives the pump through a belt. Thecentrifugal pump is rated at 350 GPM at 115 psi.This pump provides the pressure to maintainfeedwater flow to the pretreatment assembly,through the multimedia filters, back through the

pretreatment assembly, and to the high-pressurepump assembly. The dimensions of the assemblyare 69 by 40 by 37 inches, its weight is1,500 pounds, its oil capacity is 8.1 quarts, and itsfuel tank capacity is 15 gallons.

Pretreatment AssemblyThe pretreatment assembly consists of a skid-mounted gauge panel, two chemical meteringpumps, interconnecting piping, valves, and car-tridge filters. A manually adjustable chemicalmetering pump doses the feedwater with a coagu-lant aid as it enters the pretreatment assembly.The chemical metering pumps are electric-driven,piston diaphragm types rated at. 7 GPH at 145 psi.The feedwater then goes to the multimedia filterwhere, with the aid of the coagulant, most par-ticles are removed. It returns to the pretreatmentassembly where it is dosed with a scale inhibitorby the second manually adjustable chemicalmetering pump. The scale inhibitor reduces theformation of scale and fouling of the RO mem-branes. The feedwater continues on to the car-tridge filter where the remaining fine particles areremoved. The dimensions of the assembly are 111by 38 by 71 inches, and it weighs 1,518 pounds.

Multimedia FiltersThe multimedia filters consist of three identicalskid-mounted filters with lifting eyes. Thepretreatment assembly receives water at the top ofthe filter where it flows downward through themedia and returns from the bottom of the filter tothe pretreatment assembly. Each multimediafilter is 56 by 48 by 82 inches and weighs5,052 pounds dry and 9,217 pounds wet.

High-Pressure Pump AssemblyThe high-pressure pump assembly consists of askid-mounted diesel engine/jet pump combina-tion. The high-pressure pump diesel engine is asix-cylinder diesel rated at 325 HP at 1,800 RPM.The pump, a roto-jet driven by the diesel enginethrough a series of matched V-belts, is rated at350 GPM at 805 psi. The high-pressure pumpassembly raises the feed water from the pre-treatment assembly to the pressures needed tooperate the RO block. The dimension of theassembly is 101 by 75 by 82 inches, its weight is5,760 pounds, its fuel tank capacity is 25 gallons,its oil capacity is 9 gallons, and its coolantcapacity is 9 gallons.

C-14

FM 10-52-1

RO Block AssemblyThe RO block assembly consists of 16 skid- membrane elements separate it into drinkingmounted RO tube assemblies, each of which holds water and brine concentrate. The dimension of thefive RO membrane elements. Water coming from assembly is 53 by 229 by 92 inches, and it weighsthe high-pressure pump enters the tubes where the 4,000 pounds dry.

C-15

FM 10-52-1

APPENDIX D

Storage Equipment Characteristics

Section I3,000-Gallon Onion Tank

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe 3,000-gallon onion tank is a highly mobile,easily transportable, manually inflatable, col-lapsible fabric water tank. The tank is 23 by 28by 42 inches and weighs 130 pounds packaged.The tank is 56 by 148 by 94 inches and weighs24,020 pounds filled with water (Figure D-1,page D-2).

MAJOR COMPONENTSThe 3,000-gallon onion tank consists of 12 majorcomponents. They are described below.

Filler FittingThis fitting provides the means to fill the watertank. Also use this 2-inch female fitting to removewater from the tank. Access it by removing thedust plug which is held in place by two cam-leverarms.

Discharge FittingThis fitting provides the means of removing waterfrom the tank. Also use this 2-inch male fitting tofill the tank. Access it by removing the dust capwhich is held in place by two cam-lever arms.

Automotive ValveThis valve provides an attachment point for astandard, automotive-type pump to inflate thetank collar. Access it by removing the valve cap.

Inflation ValvesThere are four inflation valves: three in the tankcollar and one in the cover float. The inflationvalves provide an attachment point for the footbellows to inflate the tank collar and cover float.During use, the inflation valve is turned to theOpen position for inflating and deflating and tothe Close position for holding air after inflation.

Positions are stenciled on the tank collar andcover float.

Tank CollarThe tank collar is inflated before filling the tank.This allows the collar and tank to rise with therising water level.

Cover FloatThe inflatable float is an integral part of the cover.The float is inflated prior to installing the coverover the tank and acts to support the cover.

Handle-TogglesTen handle-toggles are installed around theoutside of the tank. They provide the attachmentpoints for the 10 cover handles used to secure thecover to the tank and to serve as lifting points formoving the empty tank.

CoverThe cover serves a dual purpose. When the tank isin use, install the cover over the top to preventcontamination of the drinking water. When thetank is not in use, the cover serves as the valise.The cover provides 10 handles around the outeredges which attach to the 10 handle-toggles forsecuring the cover to the tank.

Foot BellowsThe foot bellows provides the means of inflatingthe tank collar and cover float. The foot bellowsprovides an integral hose with a male fittingwhich threads directly into any of the four infla-tion valves. The foot bellows is stored in the repairpouch, on the outside of the tank.

D-1

FM 10-52-1

Lift Handles Repair PouchThere are two lift handles attached to the inside Attach the repair pouch to the outside wall of thebottom of the tank. Use the handles for hanging tank, and use it to store the hand bellows, repairthe tank inside out to dry after use. kit, and TM 5-5430-225-12&P.

D-2

FM 10-52-1

Repair KitThe repair kit contains all the items needed to of the repair kit in the repair kit pouch. Alsoperform both emergency and permanent repair of included with the repair kit is a laminated instruc-cuts and punctures in the tank fabric. Store items tion sheet detailing fabric repair procedures.

Section HPWS/DS

THE 40,000-GALLON POTABLEWATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

The PWS/DS is the Army’s primary means for thereceipt and storage of bulk water and for its issueto combat forces under tactical conditions. Thissection briefly describes the PWS/DS and itsmajor parts. Chapters 2, 3, and 5 of this manualcontain information on site selection, layout, dis-placement, and operation for this system.

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe PWS/DS is intended for use in an aridenvironment by both DS and GS water units. DSunits will be issued the PWS/DS with20,000-gallon fabric tanks, and GS units will beissued the PWS/DS with 50,000-gallon fabrictanks. The total capacity of each PWS/DS will bedependent on the number and size of fabric tanksassigned and used. Each PWS/DS has the capa-bility of receiving and distributing water to andfrom both hose line and tank truck. The PWS/DScan issue water to either tank trucks (SMFT),water buffaloes, FAWPSS, or small unit con-tainers, such as 5-gallon cans. When working withthis equipment, it is important to remember thatthe systems are based on a modular concept: thatis, any number of tanks may be used on anindividual basis, and other tanks may be shut offat either their input or output valves. Likewise, if asection of 20-foot hose is specified for use in aparticular application but the hose is found tohave a hole or a leak, take two 10-foot lengths fromthe overpack kit, couple together, and use in itsplace.

MAJOR COMPONENTSPumps, connection kits, loading stations, hypo-chlorinators, and a collapsible fabric tank are

major components of the PWS/DS.described in the following paragraphs.

Pumps

They are

Both the 125- and 350-GPM pumps are used in thesystem. The 350-GPM pump and diesel engine aretrailer-mounted, the 125-GPM pump and dieselengine are skid-mounted. Use the 350-GPM pumpto fill the collapsible fabric bags. Use a 350-GPMpump in parallel with an auxiliary 125-GPM pumpto supply potable water from the bags to the waterdistribution points.The 126-GPM pump. The 125-GPM pump(Figure D-2, page D-4) is a skid-mounted, self-priming centrifugal type water pump rated at125 GPM at 50 feet head. It is powered by aone-cylinder, air-cooled diesel rated at 6 HP at3,600 RPM. The dimensions are 19 by 22 by26 inches, and it weighs 175 pounds. Fuel issupplied by an internal l-gallon tank. Engine oilcapacity is 1.1 quarts.The 360-GPM pump. The 350-GPM pump(Figure D-3, page D-5) consists of an air-cooled,three-cylinder diesel engine and self-priming cen-trifugal pump mounted on a two-wheel frameassembly. The pumping assembly incorporates itsown control panel and suction and dischargevalves. These components are also mounted on theframe assembly. The single stage, centrifugalflow, variable displacement pump is rated at350 GPM at 250 feet head. It has a workingpressure of 125 psi and a suction pressure of 20 psi.The three-cylinder, 172-cubic-inch diesel is ratedat 44 HP at 2,500 RPM and weighs 595 pounds. Aninternal 19-gallon fuel tank supplies fuel to the

D-3

FM 10-52-1

diesel. Engine oil capacity is 2 gallons. The dimen-sions of the unit are 122 b y 78 b y 68 inches, and itweighs 2,140 pounds. Maximum towing speeds are20 MPH on hard surfaces, 10 MPH on gravelroads, and 8 MPH cross country.

Connection KitsThere are a variety of connection kits with eachPWS/DS. Use these kits to connect the 125-GPM

2-inch gate valves, 4-inch gate valves, 4-inchbutterfly valves, and 4-inch quick-acting valves tocontrol the flow of water through the PWS\DS.The 4-inch valves control the flow to and throughthe fabric bags and the 350-GPM pumps. Usethese larger valves to isolate the bags or the350-GPM pump. Use the 2.inch valves to controlthe flow of water at the distribution points.Suction or discharge hoses are either 4 inches or

and 350-GPM pumps to the receiving or distri- 2 inches and come in 10- and 20-foot lengths. Thebution side of the fabric bags of the tank farm. Use 1 l/2-inch discharge hose is 25 feet long.

D-4

FM 10-52-1

D-5

FM 10-52-1

Loading StationsFour types of loading stations are provided fordispensing water. Two loading stations are pro-vided to dispense water through 20-foot, 4-inchdiameter hoses for filling SMFTs. Use gate valvesto control water flow through these hoses. Fourloading stations are provided to dispense waterthrough 20-foot, 2-inch diameter hoses for fillingwater trailers. Use gate valves to control waterflow through these hoses. Four water dispensingstations are provided to deliver water throughhand-held nozzles, and three drum-filler stationsare provided to deliver water to the FAWPSSthrough a 1 l/2-inch diameter hose.

HypochlorinatorYou need two hypochlorinators to operatethe PWS/DS. Place one hypochlorinator unit

(Figure D-4, page D-6) in the line between the350-GPM pump and the water loading stationsand the other on the inlet to the tanks. A pro-portionate amount of water delivered by the pumpflows through the hypochlorinator where a solu-tion of liquid chlorine is added to the mainstreamflow. Water flowing through the line bypassingthe hypochlorinator is metered to maintain thecorrect flow through the unit. Placed in a waterline, the hypochlorinator will chlorinate the waterflowing through the line for a minimum of twohours before requiring operator adjustment (resup-ply of chlorine solution). The portable frame-mounted hypochlorinator uses the mainstreamwater pressure as its power source. It is 33 by 26 by28 inches and weighs 235 pounds. The chlorinereservoir solution tank holds 6 gallons of solution.

D-6

FM 10-52-1

Collapsible Fabric Tank (20K and 50K)The water tank stores the potable water. The unitconsists of the collapsible tank constructed ofone-ply nylon fabric impregnated with chloro-butyl, vent and drain assemblies, and a l/2-inchdrain hose and control valve assembly(Figure D-5, page D-7). When filled, the tankassumes a pillow shape. Do not overfill the tank asit may burst. Do not use the tank on steeplysloping ground or it may roll. The maximum slopeof the ground must not exceed 3 inches per 100 feet.Handles are provided along all sides of the tank

100 GPM. When not in use, fold the tank or roll andstore it in the shipping container. Use a repair kitincluded with each tank to temporarily seal punc-tures or tears in the tank while it is full. Use avulcanized rubber patch to permanently repair thetank when it is removed from service.

The 20,000-gallon tank. The 20K tank is 28 by24 feet dry and 27 by 23 by 5.5 feet filled; it weighs460 pounds dry and 166,800 pounds filled.

for moving and positioning while empty. Pump The 50,000-gallon tank. The 50K tank is 65 bywater into the tank at 350 GPM until the tank is 25 feet dry and 23 by 63 by 5.75 feet filled; it weighs90 percent filled; at that time, reduce the flow to 1,560 pounds dry and 418,560 pounds filled.

D-7

FM 10-52-1

APPENDIX E

Distribution Equipment Characteristics

Section IFAWPSS

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe FAWPSS is a portable, self-contained, gas- ordiesel-operated unit that dispenses potabledrinking water to troop units. The FAWPSS isoperated by a 125-GPM centrifugal pump. Attachsix 500-gallon water storage and dispensingdrums, two at a time. Quick-disconnect couplingsconnect the drums to the pump. These drumsprovide water to the 125-GPM pump which,through hoses and valves, pumps water to fourdistribution nozzles where the water is discharged(Figure E-1, page E-2).

MAJOR COMPONENTSThe 125-GPM pump, 500-gallon water drum, hose,valve, nozzle, and stand assemblies are majorcomponents of the FAWPSS. They are describedin the following paragraphs.

The 125-GPM PumpThe 125-GPM pump and engine assembly providepower to operate the FAWPSS. The 125-GPMpump is a skid-mounted, self-priming centrifugaltype water pump rated at 125 GPM at 50 feet head.It is powered by either a one-cylinder, air-cooleddiesel engine rated at 3.8 HP at 3,600 RPM or aone-cylinder, air-cooled gas engine rated at 3 HPat 2,500 RPM. Its dimensions are 32 by 37 by24 inches, and it weighs 144 pounds. Fuel issupplied by either an internal 1-gallon tank or a5-gallon gas can with a flexible spout and fueladapter assembly supplied with the set. Engine oilcapacity is .79 quarts.

The 500-Gallon Water DrumThe six 500-gallon water drums are designed for aworking pressure of 4 to 5 psi. When filled to its500-gallon capacity, the drum is round in shape(Figure E-2, page E-3). It can be towed, at speeds

not to exceed 10 MPH, for short distances oversmooth terrain using the towing and lifting yokeassembly. Two elbow coupler valve assemblies areprovided with the 500-gallon water drums for easeof connection to the FAWPSS. Each drum is 7 by4 feet; weighs 275 pounds empty, uncrated; andweighs 365 pounds crated. Crated size is 75 by 33by 22 inches. The drum weighs over 4,500 poundsfull.

Towing and lifting yoke. Attach a towing andlifting yoke to the ends of the 500-gallon waterdrum for use in towing and lifting the drum.

Tie-down kit. Use a tie-down kit to securedrums when they are being transported by cargotruck.

Repair kits. The repair kits are furnished foremergency use only to prevent leakage until theoperator can empty the drums. When these kits areused to make emergency repairs, do not move, tow,lift, or transport the drum until it is completelyempty.

Hose, Valve, Nozzle,and Stand Assemblies

Two 2-inch valve assemblies provide for control ofwater during installation, operation, and disas-sembly of the FAWPSS. Various quick-disconnect,cam-locking hose assemblies are supplied with theFAWPSS. The quick-disconnect connectors pro-vide for ease of assembly, disassembly, and main-tenance. Each hose assembly is equipped with aprotective cap on the male end and a protectiveplug on the female ale end to prevent contaminationwhen not in use. Four nozzle assemblies aresupplied with the system for dispensing water.Each nozzle assembly is equipped with a quick-disconnect connector and swivel for ease of opera-tion. Two stand assemblies are supplied on whichto place the nozzle assemblies when not in use.

E-1

FM 10-52-1

E-2

FM 10-52-1

Section IISMFT

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThese tanks are designed and intended for trans-port of drinking water only. The assembled unitconsists of a collapsible tank with pressure gauge,end fittings, tie-down straps, emergency repairitems, hose, and tools to secure the tank safely onthe trailer. The transport or contact with POLproducts will contaminate the tanks and result inpermanent damage to the material and possiblestructural failure. These tanks can only be trans-ported full or empty. A partially-filled tank willresult in the lading shifting (surge) and will resultin loss of vehicle control and possible rupture ofthe tank wall. When completely empty, roll up andstore the tank. The tank is designed to be drained

by gravity or suction pump only. Use of airpressure to unload the tank is not acceptable as itmay cause the tank to burst under pressure.

DS water supply units use the 3,000-gallonSMFTs (Figure E-3, page E-4) to deliver water tomajor users that have no organic transportationcapable of receiving needed water supplies directlyfrom the water points. Additionally, transpor-tation medium truck companies use these tanksduring arid deployments for line haul of potablewater from corps GS PWS/DSs to the division andbrigade support area’s PWS/DSs. These tanks aretransported on M-871 22-ton semitrailers.

E-3

FM 10-52-1

Medium truck companies use the 5,000-gallonSMFTs (Figure E-4, page E-5) for line haul ofpotable water to and from TA and/or corps GSPWS/DSs, as well as some local haul to corps andEAC users that have no organic transportationcapability. These tanks are transported on M-87234-ton semitrailers.

MAJOR COMPONENTSThe 3,000-gallon and 5,000-gallon collapsibletanks are major components of the SMFT. Theyare described below.

Collapsible Tank, 3,000-GallonThe tank is constructed of a chlorobutyl liner, arubber-coated, multi-ply carcass, and an exteriorweather, abrasion-resistant tread stock. Whenlaid flat, the tank is 28 feet long, 7 feet 4 incheswide, and 4 inches high. When filled, it assumes a

pillow-like shape approximately 27 feet long, 5 feet2 inches wide, and 4 feet 6 inches high. Access tothe tank interior is provided through the use of endclamps which you may remove. Handles areprovided to facilitate positioning of the tank whileempty.

Fittings. The tank is furnished with a 4-inchfiller/discharge assembly consisting of a malequick-disconnect, a 4-inch gate valve, a pressuregauge, two 10-foot lengths of 4-inch hose, and amanually operated relief valve located in the topcenter of the tank.

Tie-down assembly. The tie-down assemblyconsists of four belts with eight ratchet take-upmechanisms and trailer attachments specificallydesigned to minimize tank movement duringtransport.

Emergency repair kit. The emergency repairkit includes temporary repair items, such as plugsand clamps, to affect repair.

E-4

FM 10-52-1

Collapsible Tank, 5,000-GallonThe tank is constructed of a chlorobutyl liner, a quick-disconnect, a 4-inch gate valve, a pressurerubber-coated, multi-ply carcass, and an exteriorweather, abrasion-resistant tread stock. Whenlaid flat, the tank is 39 feet long, 7 feet 4 incheswide, and 4 inches high. When filled, it assumes apillow-like shape approximately 38 feet long, 5 feet2 inches wide, and 4 feet 6 inches high. Access tothe tank interior is provided through the use of endclamps which you may remove. Handles areprovided to facilitate positioning of the tank whileempty.

Fittings. The tank is furnished with a 4-inchfiller/discharge assembly consisting of a male

gauge, two 10-foot lengths of 4-inch hose, and amanually operated relief valve located in the topcenter of the tank.

Tie-down assembly. The tie-down assemblyconsists of four belts with eight ratchet take-upmechanisms and trailer attachments specificallydesigned to minimize tank movement duringtransport.

Emergency repair kit. The emergency repairkit includes temporary repair items, such as plugsand clamps, to affect repair.

Section IIITWDS

CHARACTERISTICS AND FEATURESThe TWDS is intended for operation by a water system consists of four major equipment groups:supply company or tactical water distribution two storage assemblies, two distribution points,teams in GS operations in arid environments. The one 10-mile hose line segment, and six pumping

E-5

FM 10-52-1

stations (Figure E-5, page E-6). The four equip- using a forklift. The crates are plainly marked toment groups are further subdivided into nine indicate the name of the equipment group andpacking groups. This breakdown is shown in packing group to which the crate belongs. TheFigure E-6 (page E-7). The figure shows the system is capable of transporting water atpacking groups for each equipment group, the 600 GPM over level terrain.number of crates in each packing group, and thename of each packing group. The nine packing MAJOR COMPONENTSgroups that make up the TWDS contain a total of The pumping stations, storage assemblies, distri-47 or 48 crates, depending on whether there are 32 bution points, and the 10-mile segment hose lineor 33 crates in group 8. The crates are plywood- are major components of the TWDS. They aresheathed, skidded, and equipped with headers for described in the following paragraphs.

E-6

FM 10-52-1

E-7

FM 10-52-1

Pumping StationsThe TWDS comes with six trailer-mounted pumps,each capable of delivering 600 gallons of water perminute against a head or elevation gain of350 feet. The pumps are the self-priming cen-trifugal type and are rated at 150 psi workingpressure and -30 to 200 psi suction pressure. Theyare driven by six-cylinder, turbocharged dieselengines that have a four-hour (12-gallon) fuelcapacity. The crankcase holds 6 quarts of oil andthe radiator holds 7 gallons of antifreeze solution.The engine is rated at 120 HP at 2,400 RPM. Thecoupled pump and engine are mounted on a two-wheel trailer assembly that is equipped withhighway lights, an inertial braking system, amanually operated parking brake, and jackstands. The trailer mounting enhances mobilityand enables rapid deployment. A control panelmounted on the pump controls pump and engineoperations.

Storage AssembliesThe TWDS comes with two 20K collapsible fabrictanks and accessory equipment. Depending onrequirements, locate these storage assembliestogether or at separate sites along the hose line.The assembly consists of the collapsible tankconstructed of one-ply nylon fabric impregnatedwith chlorobutyl, vent and drain assemblies, a1/2-inch drain hose, and control valve assembly.When filled, the tank assumes a pillow shape. Donot overfill the tank as it may burst. Do not use thetank on steeply sloping ground or it may roll. Themaximum slope of the ground must not exceed3 inches per 100 feet. Handles are provided alongall sides of the tank for moving and positioningwhile empty. Pump water into the tank at350 GPM until the tank is 90 percent filled; at thattime, reduce the flow to 100 GPM. When not in use,fold or roll the tank and store it in the shippingcontainer. Use the repair kit included with eachtank to temporarily seal punctures or tears in thetank while it is full. Use a vulcanized rubber patchto permanently repair the tank when it is removedfrom service.

Distribution PointsThe TWDS includes all necessary components toinstall two distribution points. These componentsinclude a 125-GPM pump, a hypochlorinator, andall necessary valves and hoses to connect twospigot-type elbow valves and two gravity nozzles.

Two stand assemblies are provided to hold theelbow valves and nozzles when not in use. Thedistribution points are not designed for directconnection to the TWDS hose line. Use them inconjunction with a storage assembly to distributewater to SMFTs, water trailers, FAWPSS drums,and other water carriers.The 126-GPM pump. The 125-GPM pump is askid-mounted, self-priming centrifugal type waterpump rated at 125 GPM at 50 feet head. It ispowered by either a one-cylinder, air-cooled dieselengine rated at 3.8 HP at 3,600 RPM or aone-cylinder, air-cooled gas engine rated at 3 HPat 2,500 RPM. Its dimensions are 32 by 37 by24 inches, and it weighs 144 pounds. Fuel issupplied by either an internal 1-gallon tank or a5-gallon gas can with a flexible spout and fueladapter assembly supplied with the set. Engine oilcapacity is .79 quarts.Hypochlorinator. The hypochlorinator unit pro-vides automatic chlorination of the water before itis distributed. Automatic operation of the hypo-chlorination unit means that, during periods ofchanging flow, each gallon of water will receivethe same amount of chlorine. This automaticoperation is achieved by linking the operation of awater motor through a pilot valve to a hydrauli-cally controlled hypochlorinator which regulatesthe amount of chlorine injected into the waterpassing through the unit. As the flow of waterthrough the meter changes, the amount of chlo-rine injected into the water also changes. Thehypochlorination unit incorporates a pressureregulating valve that maintains a pressure of atleast 100 psi within the unit to ensure properoperation of the hypochlorinator. The hypochlori-nation unit can automatically treat from 2 to100 gallons of water per minute. A range-adjusting valve is provided for establishing maxi-mum accuracy of the unit within some portion ofits operating range. At installation, the range-adjusting valve is positioned at its maximumsetting of 100 GPM and then backed off, dependingon chlorine demand and required chlorine resid-ual. The hypochlorination unit is skid-mountedand portable. Three soldiers can place it intoposition. Quick-disconnect couplings are providedfor installation in the threaded ports on the unit toenable hookup to the distribution point hosenetwork. The unit is 33 by 30 by 31 inches andweighs 230 pounds.

E-8

FM 10-52-1

Distribution hoses. The distribution pointhoses are rigid-walled and equipped with quick-disconnect fittings to enable rapid installation.When connected, the hoses form a branchingnetwork that terminates at four manual valvingstations. The valving stations can be equipped toconveniently distribute water to a variety of con-tainers. With water flowing from all four stations,each station can distribute 15 to 20 gallons ofwater per minute.

10-Mile Segment Hose LineThe 10-mile segment includes all other compo-nents necessary to install, operate, maintain, andrepack the TWDS. It contains the 500-foot hoseline lengths used to connect pumping stations andstorage assemblies, flaking boxes for hose line,pressure-reducing valve, and flaking box slingassembly. In addition, the 10-mile segment con-tains the road crossing guards and kits required tosuspend, repair, and repack the hose line. A spareparts crate is also included with the 10-milesegment.Hoses. The 6-inch by 500-foot hose line lengthsare made from lightweight, collapsible rubber.Their being lightweight facilitates movement ofthe empty hose line by hand during laying orrepacking operations. Because the hose linelengths are collapsible, compact them for move-ment or storage. The hose line lengths are madefrom a rubber that does not impart any unpleasantodor or taste to the water and remain flexible attemperatures of -25°F. Use victaulic couplings toconnect the hose line lengths. These couplingscompensate for expansion or contraction of thehose line and allow for slight misalignment ofhose ends. At every other hose line connection,install a swivel joint to relieve any twisting in thehose line that may occur during installation orresult from pressure surges afterward. An end capis provided to terminate the hose line if dead-endservice is required.Flaking boxes. The flaking boxes consist of awelded structural steel frame with reinforcedplastic panels. Each box measures 74 by 92 by12 inches and is capable of holding one 500-foothose line length. The flaking boxes are unpaneledon the top side to allow access to the box interiorduring repacking. The front of each box is sealedby a tailgate assembly which you remove and

replace with a fabric breakaway prior to layingthe hose line. The flaking boxes are equipped withfour lifting clevises for attaching the lifting sling,channels for lifting with a forklift, and legs fornesting stacked flaking boxes. An eyebolt isprovided as an anchor for the block and tackleused to compress the hose during repacking. Theflaking boxes are intended to be handled in groupsof four during the hose line laying operation. Inthis way, once the four hose line lengths areconnected, 2,000 feet of hose line can be unfoldedand laid from the back of one truck in about10 minutes.Pressure-reducing valve. Each TWDSincludes one pressure-reducing valve. The valve isa portable, self-contained unit. It is mounted on askid and equipped with victaulic fittings at theinlet and outlet ports for attachment to the hoseline. The valve is installed in the hose line at apoint where the water pressure is expected toexceed the normal operating pressure of 150 psi. Itprotects the hose line and other components frombuild-up of excessive pressure which can causedamage. In general, the pressure-reducing valvemust be installed whenever there is a loss inelevation of 75 feet or more from one pumpingstation to the next. The pressure-reducing valveis an automatic valve designed to maintain aconstant outlet pressure regardless of changes inthe flow rate or inlet pressure. Basically, the valveconsists of a main valve and a pilot controlsystem. The control system is very sensitive toslight pressure changes and immediately con-trols the main valve to maintain the desireddownstream pressure. Pressure-setting adjust-ment is made with a single adjusting screw. Theadjusting screw is protected by a screw-typehousing which can be sealed to discouragetampering. After installation, adjust the valve sothat downstream hose line pressure does notexceed 150 psi and so the pressure at the suctionport on the next downline pumping station is lessthan 120 psi. After initial adjustment, the valverequires no monitoring, except for periodicinspection. If downstream pressure changes, thevalve automatically opens or closes to maintainthe selected pressure.Lifting sling. The TWDS lifting sling liftsflaking boxes in the field when a forklift is notavailable. The lifting sling is capable of handlinga stack of up to four flaking boxes at one time. It is

E-9

FM 10-52-1

used with a crane with a minimum lifting capacityof 6,000 pounds.Road crossing guards. The TWDS includesroad crossing guards that protect the hose linefrom damage whenever it must be buried beneatha road or railroad right-of-way. The road crossingguards serve as a barrier between the buried hoseand the heavy loads of vehicular traffic. Eachroad crossing guard is 5 feet in length. If the widthof a road being crossed is 15 feet for example, youneed three or four road crossing guards to protectthe hose line. The TWDS comes with 24 roadcrossing guards.Suspensions kit. The TWDS includes fivemetal chests containing kits of materials forconstructing suspensions across streams, ponds,or gullies. Each kit contains enough rope, cable,saddles, sheaves blocks, shackles, turn buckles,and pickets to construct a suspension spanning300 feet or two shorter spans with a total distancenot to exceed 300 feet. Materials suitable forlashing tripods are not included in the kit andmust be procured or fabricated locally.Displacement and evacuation kit. The TWDSalso comes with a displacement and evacuationkit. This kit is contained in a metal chest. Itremoves water and air from the hose line prior torepacking. A 250-cfm air compressor is provided to

operate the kit. It forces a polyurethane ball thatfits snugly within the hose through the hose, usingcompressed air as a propellant. As the ball isforced through the hose, it displaces all the water.When the ball arrives at the hose end, it iscaptured by a receiver. The hose end is thenplugged and a vacuum is applied until the airwithin the hose is evacuated and the hosecollapses. After the hose collapses, end caps areinstalled to prevent the hose from expandingbefore it is repacked.

Packing kit. The packing kit is contained in ametal chest and consists of items needed to repackthe hose line in the flaking boxes. The kit includesa two-piece pullboard assembly and a chain hoistfor compressing the hose in the flaking box. Twotoggle clamps restrain the compressed hose whileadditional hose is flaked into the box and com-pressed. The toggle clamps are then moved for-ward and the process repeated until the hose linelength is packed.

Repair kit. The TWDS comes with a repair kitfor repair of the hose line. It is contained in a metalchest and includes enough adapters and victauliccouplings to make three repairs. Repairs consist ofcutting out the damaged portion and splicing theends together. The kit also includes two hoseclamps for sealing the hose ends during repair.

Section IVWATER TRAILERS AND MISCELLANEOUS

EQUIPMENTTHE M149, M149A1, AND M625 2-WHEEL,

1 1/2-TON, 400-GALLON POTABLEWATER TANK TRAILERS

The M149, M149A1, and M625 tank trailerstransport 400 gallons of water and are towed by avehicle equipped with an Army standard pintle.An air supply and a 24-volt electrical system arerequired with the M149 and M149A1. The M625requires a vehicle with a vacuum booster for itsvacuum/hydraulic brake system and a 12-voltelectrical system. The trailer may be towed atspeeds up to 50 MPH. It has blackout lights andretractable landing gear support assemblies.Empty, the trailer weighs 2,900 pounds; loaded,it weighs 6,235 pounds. It is 161 inches long,83 inches wide, and 78 inches high (Figure E-7,page E-11). Major components are the water tank

valve, faucets, and quick-disconnect coupling.They are described below.

Water Tank ValveThe water tank valve releases water from thewater tank into the piping to the faucets. Thewater tank valve is opened by pulling it out andclosed by pushing it in.

FaucetsThe faucets are located under the faucet covers onboth sides of the frame assembly forward of the

E-10

FM 10-52-1

water tank. Activate the faucets by pressing down inserting the dust plug and securing the couplingon the levers, and turn them off by releasing the rings. The self-draining faucet is located at thelevers. The quick-disconnect coupling allows a rear of the stainless steel water tank on thefield kitchen or a mobile water chiller to be con- M149A1 and M149A2 water trailers. It dispensesnetted to the water trailer. It is located under the water from the water tank when the temperaturefaucet cover on the right side of the water trailer. It is below freezing. Open the faucet by turning itis opened by pulling out the two coupling rings counterclockwise to allow water to be released.and removing the dust plug. It is closed by Close it by turning it clockwise.

E-11

FM 10-52-1

THE 250-GALLON, POTABLE WATER,NONVENTED, COLLAPSIBLE

FABRIC WATER DRUMThe 250-gallon collapsible water drum (Figure E-8,page E-12) is used for the storage and transpor-tation of potable water. Many of the componentparts (front and rear plates, for example) areidentical to those used with the 500-gallon waterdrum. This drum is a durable, nonvented, col-lapsible rubber container designed for a workingpressure of 4 to 5 psi and a maximum pressure of30 psi. When filled to its 250-gallon capacity, thedrum is cylindrical in shape and can also be towedwith a towing and lifting yoke for short distancesover smooth terrain at speeds not to exceed10 MPH. The drum is constructed of water-resistant, synthetic rubber impregnated rayon.The interior front and rear plates are identical tothose used in the 500-gallon water drum and areattached by wire rope cable assemblies to form aclosure and an interior support for the drum. Thefront plate has a threaded coupler valve assemblyidentical to that used with the 500-gallon waterdrum. When empty, fold the drum so it can betransported by cargo trucks. Crated, the drum

wide, and 18 inches high. Uncrated, the emptydrum weighs 205 pounds; filled, it weighs2,290 pounds. Major components are the towingand lifting yoke, tie-down kit, and repair kits.They are described below.

Towing and Lifting YokeA towing and lifting yoke can be attached to theends of the 250-gallon water drum for use intowing and lifting the drum.

Tie-down KitA tie-down kit is used to secure drums when theyare being transported by cargo truck.

Repair KitsThe repair kits are furnished for emergency useonly to prevent leakage until the operator canempty the drums. When using these kits to makeemergency repairs, do not move, tow, lift, ortransport the repaired drum until it is completely

weighs 280 pounds, is 64 inches long, 32 inches empty.

E-12

FM 10-52-1

THE 55-GALLON, POTABLE WATER,NONVENTED, COLLAPSIBLE

FABRIC WATER DRUMThe 55-gallon collapsible water drum (Figure E-9,page E-13) is used for the storage and transpor-tation of potable water. This drum is a durable,nonvented, collapsible rubber container designedfor a working pressure of 4 to 5 psi and a maximumpressure of 20 psi. When filled to its 55-galloncapacity, the drum is cylindrical in shape and isfitted with a faucet valve to permit the evacuationof its contents. The drum is constructed ofwater-resistant, synthetic rubber impregnatedrayon. It is equipped with D-ring fitted end plateswhich are connected by a single wire rope cable.When empty, fold the drum to permit transpor-tation by cargo trucks. Uncrated, the empty drum

The tie-down kit and repair kits are major compo-nents of the drum. They are described below.

Tie-down KitA tie-down kit is used to secure drums when theyare being transported by cargo truck.

Repair KitsThe repair kits are furnished for emergency useonly to prevent leakage until the operator canempty the drums. When using these kits to makeemergency repairs, do not move, tow, lift, ortransport the repaired drum until it is completely

weighs 50 pounds; filled, it weighs 508 pounds. empty.

E-13

FM 10-52-1

Glossary

Absorption - The process of taking in orsoaking up liquids (not to be confused withadsorption).AC - hydrogen cyanideAC/DC - alternating current/direct currentAcid - A compound, usually having a sour taste,which is able to neutralize an alkali or base. Asubstance that dissolves in water with a formationof hydrogen ions.Acidity - A quantitative measurement of thetotal acid constituents of a water, both in theionized and unionized states expressed as pH.Adsorption - The adherence of dissolved, col-loidal, and finely divided matter on the surfaces ofsolid bodies with which they are brought in con-tact (not to be confused with absorption).Aeration - The bringing about of intimate con-tact between air and a liquid by one of thefollowing methods: spraying the liquid in the air,bubbling air through the liquid, or by agitation ofthe liquid to promote surface absorption of air.Aerobic - Requiring the presence of free oxygen.Aerobic Bacteria - Bacteria which live andreproduce only in an environment containingoxygen which is available for their respiration(breathing), such as atmospheric oxygen oroxygen dissolved in water. Oxygen combinedchemically, such as in water molecules, cannot beused for respiration by aerobic bacteria.Algae - (1) Tiny plant life, usually microscopic,existing in water. They are mostly green, blue-green, or yellow-green, and are the cause of mosttastes and odors in water. (2) Microscopic plantswhich contain chlorophyll and live floating orsuspended in water. They may be attached tostructures, rocks, or other submerged surfaces.Excess algae growths can impart tastes and odorsto potable water. Algae produce oxygen duringsunlight hours and use oxygen during the nighthours. Their biological activities appreciablyaffect the pH and dissolved oxygen of the water.Algae Bloom - Large masses of algae occurringin bodies of water caused by abundant nutrientsand favorable temperatures.

Alkali - Various soluble salts, principally ofsodium, potassium, magnesium, and calcium,that have the property of combining with acids toform neutral salts and may be used in chemicalwater treatment processes,Alkaline - The condition of water or soil whichcontains a sufficient amount of alkali substancesto raise the pH above 7.0.Alkalinity - A term used to represent the con-tent of carbonates, bicarbonates, hydroxides, andoccasionally berates, silicates, and phosphates inwater.Alluvial - Relating to mud and/or sanddeposited by flowing water. Alluvial deposits mayoccur after a heavy rain storm.Anaerobic - Requiring the absence of freeoxygen.Anaerobic Bacteria - Bacteria that live andreproduce in an environment containing no free ordissolved oxygen. Anaerobic bacteria obtain theiroxygen supply by breaking down chemical com-pounds which contain oxygen, such as sulfates.Aquifer - A water-bearing formation or stratumbeneath the earth’s surface which transmits waterfrom one point to another.Artesian - An adjective applied to ground wateror items connected with ground water. Forexample, a well underground basin where water isunder pressure and will rise to a higher elevation ifafforded an opportunity to do so.attn - attentionaux - auxiliary

Backwash - The reversal of flow through a filterto wash clogging material out of the filteringmedium and reduce conditions causing loss ofhead. Also called filter wash.Bacteria - Primitive microscopic plants, gen-erally free of pigment, which reproduce bydividing. They do not require light for their lifeprocesses.Bacteria Count - An estimate of the total num-ber of bacteria of all kinds in one milliliter sample

Glossary-1

FM 10-52-1

which will grow at the stated temperature, usually37°C. Also known as standard plate count.Base - An alkali or hydroxide of the alkalimetals, and of ammonia, which neutralized acidsto form salts and water. Ionizes to form (OH-)ions.A hydroxide. An alkali.bn - battalionBrackish Water - Water rendered unfit fordrinking because of salty or unpleasant tastescaused by the presence of excessive amounts ofdissolved chemicals, chlorides, sulfates, andalkalis.Buffer - A measure of the ability or capacity of asolution or liquid to neutralize acids or bases. Thisis a measure of the capacity of water for offering aresistance to changes in the pH.BW - biological warfareBZ - hallucinogenic agent

CB - chemical and biologicalcfm - cubic feet per minuteChloramines - Compounds of organic aminesor ammonia with chlorine.Chlorination - Treatment of water by the addi-tion of chlorine either as a gas or liquid, or in theform of hypochlorite, usually for the purpose ofdisinfection or oxidation.Chlorination, Breakpoint - (1) The applica-tion of chlorine to water containing free ammoniato provide a free available chlorine residual.(2) The addition of chlorine until the chlorinedemand has been satisfied and further additionsresult in a chlorine residual proportional to theamount of chlorine added after breakpoint hasbeen reached.Chlorination, Post - The application of chlo-rine to water subsequent to any treatment. Theterm refers only to the point of application.Chlorination, Pre - The application of chlorineto water prior to any treatment.Chlorine - A powerful disinfectant used exten-sively in water treatment. As a gas, its color isgreenish-yellow and it is about 2 1/2 times heavierthan air. As a liquid, it is amber and about 1 1/2times heavier than water. It is toxic to all organ-isms and corrosive to most metals.

Chlorine, Combined, Available Residual -That portion of the total residual chlorineremaining in water at the end of a specifiedcontract period which will react chemicallyand biologically as chloramines or organicchloramines.Chlorine Demand - The difference betweenthe amount of chlorine added to water and theamount of residual chlorine remaining at the endof a specified contact period. Chlorine demandmay change with dosage, time, temperature, pH,nature, and amount of the impurities in the water.Chlorine Dose - The amount of chlorineapplied to a given amount of water. Usuallymeasured in mg/1 or ppm. The chlorine dose isequal to the chlorine demand plus the chlorineresidual when breakpoint chlorination is beingused.Chlorine, Free Available Residual - Thatportion of the total residual chlorine remaining inwater at the end of a specified contact periodwhich will react chemically and biologically ashypochlorous acid, HOCl, or hypochlorite ion(OCI-).Chlorine Residual - The total amount of chlo-rine (combined and free available chlorine)remaining in water at the end of a specifiedcontact period following chlorination.CK - cyanogen chlorideClarification - Process of subsidence anddeposition by gravity of suspended matter carriedby water or other liquids. Also called settling, it isusually accomplished by reducing the velocity offlow of the liquid below the point where it cantransport the suspended material.co - companyCO - concentrate and confineCoagulant - A chemical or material which whenadded to water will combine with added ornaturally present chemicals to form a precipitate,called a floe, which will settle and aid in theremoval of suspended matter in the liquid.Coagulation - The destabilization and initialaggregation of colloidal and finely divided sus-pended matter by the addition of a floe-formingchemical.Coliform Organisms - A group of bacteria,predominantly inhabitants of the intestine of

Glossary-2

FM 10-52-1

humans, but also found on vegetation, includingall aerobic and faculative anaerobic bacilli thatferment lactose to produce a gas as one of theby-products.Colloids - Finely divided solids which will notsettle but may be removed by coagulation orbiochemical action.Color, Apparent - Pigmentation due to thepresence of suspended solids in a water supply.Color, True - Pigmentation due to the presenceof finely divided particles or droplets eitherdispersed or in solution in a water supply.Command Surgeon - The brigade surgeon, divi-sion surgeon, or corps surgeon responsible forprovision of medical support at the brigade, divi-sion, or corps concerned.COMMZ - communications zoneCompound - A substance containing moleculesor two or more different elements which haveentered into chemical combination with eachother to form another substance unlike any of theconstituent elements.

Concentration - A measure of the amount ofdissolved substances contained per unit volume ofsolution. May be expressed as grains per gallon,pounds per million gallons, or milligrams per liter.

Contaminant - As referred to in QSTAGs andSTANAGs, any physical chemical, biological, orradiological substance or matter in water.

Contamination - A general term signifyingthe introduction into water of microorganisms,chemicals, wastes, or sewage which renders thewater unfit for its intended use. Usually con-sidered to imply the presence or possible presenceof disease-producing bacteria. A specific type ofpollution.

Corrosion - (1) The destruction of a substance,usually a metal, or its properties because of areaction with its (environment) surroundings.(2) A complex chemical or electrochemical actionin which metals are converted into metallic ionsand are carried into solutions resulting in damageto pipes, fittings, and other metal components.COSCOM - corps support commandCP - command postCU - color unit

CW/BW - chemical warfare/biological warfare

DA - Department of the ArmyDC - District of ColumbiaDE - delay and decayDI - dilute and disperseDischarge - (1) As applied to a stream, the rateof flow or volume of water flowing at a given placewithin a period of time. (2) The process of water orother liquid passing through an opening or alonga conduit or channel. (3) The water or other liquidwhich emerges from an opening or passes along aconduit or channel,DISCOM - division support commandDisinfectant - Any oxidant, including but notlimited to chlorine, chlorine dioxide, chloramines,and ozone added to water in any part of thetreatment or distribution process, that is intendedto kill or inactivate pathogenic microorganisms.Disinfection - The process of killing most (butnot necessarily all) of the harmful and objec-tionable microorganisms in a fluid by variousagents such as chemicals, heat, ultraviolet light,ultrasonic waves, or radiation.Dissolved Solids - Solids that are present insolution.DOS - days of supplyDrawdown - The lowering of the water surfacein a well and of the water table or piezometricsurface adjacent to the well resulting from thewithdrawal of water from the well by pumping.Drawdown is the difference between static leveland pumping level.DS - direct supportDS2 - decontamination slurry 2

EAC - echelons above corpsED - ethyldichlorarsineEffluent - (1) A liquid which flows out of acontaining space. (2) Water or other liquidpartially or completely treated or in its naturalstate which flows out from a controlled area, be iteither aEMP -

reservoir, basin, or treatment operations.electromagnetic pulse

Glossary-3

FM 10-52-1

Endemic - A disease or organism that is con-stantly present to a greater or lesser extent in aparticular locality or region.Eng - EngineerEPWs - enemy prisoners of warEscherichia Coli (E. Coli) - One of the speciesof bacteria in the coliform group. Its presence isconsidered indicative of fresh fecal contami-nation.est - estimatedEvaporation - (1) The process by which waterpasses from a liquid state, at temperatures belowthe boiling point, to vapor. It is the principalprocess by which surface or subsurface water isconverted to atmospheric vapor. (2) The quantityof water, measured as liquid water, removed froma specified surface per unit of time - generally ininches or centimeters per day, month, or year.EVO - ethylene oxide

F - FahrenheitFAWPSS - Forward Area Water Point SupplySystemFilter - A device or structure for removing solidor colloidal matter (which usually cannot beremoved by sedimentation) from water or otherliquids or semiliquids by a straining processwhereby the solids are held on a medium of somekind (granular, diatomaceous earth, woven, orporous) while the liquid passes through.Floe - Small gelatinous masses which areaccumulations of microparticles, bacteria, andother organisms formed in a liquid by the additionof chemical coagulant or by the gatheringtogether of particles by mixing.Flocculation - The formation of floes subse-quent to the process of coagulation.FM - field manualFresh Water - Fresh water has a TDS concen-tration of less than 1,500 ppm. Brackish watersare highly mineralized and have a TDSconcentration between 1,500 ppm and 15,000 ppm.Saltwaters have a TDS concentration greaterthan 15,000 ppm.ft - feet/foot

G2 - Assistant Chief of Staff, G2 (Intelligence)

G3 - Assistant Chief of Staff, G3 (Operationsand Plans)GA - Tabun (nerve agent)gal - gallonGallery - (1) An underground structure designedand installed for the purpose of collecting subsur-face water. (2) A passageway in a structure, suchas a dam, used for obtaining access to interiorparts, or to carry pipes, or to house machinery.GB - Sarin (nerve agentGD - Somar (nerve agent)G-M - gamma measurementGPD - gallons per dayGPH - gallons per hourGPM - gallons per minuteGPM/D - gallons per man/dayGross Alpha Particle Activity - The totalradioactivity due to alpha particle emission asinferred from measurements on a dry sample.Gross Beta Particle Activity - The total radio-activity due to beta particle emission as inferredfrom measurements on a dry sample.Ground Water - Water occurring in a stratum(aquifer) below the surface of the ground. The termis not applied to water which is percolating or heldin the top layers of the soil but to that below thewater table.GS - general support

Hardness - A characteristic of water, chieflydue to the existence therein of the carbonates andsulfates (and occasionally the nitrates andchlorides) of calcium, iron, and magnesium.Causes curding of water when soap is used,increased consumption of soap, deposition of scalein boilers, injurious effects in some industrialprocesses, and sometimes objectionable taste inthe water. Commonly computed from the amountsof calcium and magnesium in the water andexpressed as equivalent calcium carbonate.HD - distilled mustardHead - The height of the free surface of a fluidabove a specified point in a hydraulic system.Head is expressed in linear units (or fractionsthereof) such as feet or meters. Head is usually

Glossary-4

FM 10-52-1

identified as static, dynamic, friction, velocity,and total.Head Loss - The decrease in head between twopoints. Can be caused by obstruction, friction,clogged screen, or filters.HN - nitrogen mustardHost - A living animal or plant in which apathogenic organism grows.HP - horsepowerHQ - headquartersHTH - high-test hypochloriteHUMINT - human intelligenceHydrogen-ion Concentration (pH) - A mea-sure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution. Avalue of seven is neutral; low numbers are acid,large numbers are alkaline. Strictly speaking, pHis the negative logarithm of the hydrogen-ionconcentration.Hypochlorinators - Devices that are used tofeed calcium or sodium hypochlorite as the disin-fecting agent.Hypochlorites - Compounds containing chlo-rine that are used for disinfection. They are avail-able as liquids or solids.

IMINT - imagery intelligencein - inchIncubation Period - The time required betweeninfection by a pathogenic organism and theappearance of the signs of a disease.inf - infantryInfiltration - (1) The flow or movement of waterthrough the pores of a soil or other porous medium.(2) The absorption of liquid water by the soil,either as it falls as precipitation or from a streamflowing over the surface. Also called seepage.Influent - Water flowing into a reservoir, basin,or treatment operation.Inorganic Matter - Chemical substances ofmineral origin, not of basically carbon structure.Inorganic Waste - Waste material such assand, salt, iron, calcium, and other mineral mate-rials which are not converted in large quantitiesby organism action. Inorganic wastes are chem-ical substances of mineral origin and may contain

carbon and oxygen, whereas organic wastes arechemical substances of animal or vegetable originand contain mainly carbon and hydrogen alongwith other elements.Ion - An atom or molecule that has gained or lostone or more electrons.Ion Exchange - A water treatment processinvolving the reversible interchange (switching)of ions between the water being treated and thesolid resin. Undesirable ions in the water areswitched with acceptable ions on the resin.Ion Exchange Resins (Beads) - Insoluble poly-mers, used in water treatment, that are capable ofexchanging (switching or giving) acceptableactions or anions to the water being treated forless desirable ions.Ionization - The process of the formation ofions by the splitting of molecules of electrolytes insolution.

IPB - intelligence preparation of the battlefieldISO - International Organization for Standard-ization

JTU - Jackson turbidity unit

km - kilometerkw - kilowatt

L - LewisiteLAPES - low altitude parachute extractionsystemlb/lbs - pound/poundsL/d - liters per dayLevel, Static - The elevation of water table orpressure surface when it is not influenced bypumping or other form of extraction from theground water body. It is the level of ground waterin a well before pumping.LSD - hallucinogenic agent

m - meterMASH - mobile Army surgical hospitalMAX - maximumMaximum Permissible Concentration - Themaximum permissible level of a contaminant inwater which is delivered to a free-flowing outlet of

Glossary-5

FM 10-52-1

the ultimate user of a military water system,except in the case of turbidity where the maximumpermissible level is measured at the point of entryto the distribution system. Contaminants added tothe water under circumstances controlled by theuser, except those resulting from corrosion ofpiping and plumbing caused by water quality, areexcluded from this definition.Membrane Filtration - A method of quanti-tative or qualitative analysis of bacterial or par-ticulate matter in a water sample by filtrationthrough membrane capable of retaining bacteria.mg/l - milligrams per literMicroorganism - A minute plant or animal inwater or on earth that is visible only through amicroscope.Milligrams Per Liter - A unit of the concen-tration of water or wastewater constituent. It hasreplaced the parts per million unit, to which it isapproximately equivalent, in reporting the resultsof water analyses.Mineral - (1) Any of a class of substancesoccurring in nature, usually comprising inorganicsubstances (such as quartz and feldspar) ofdefinite chemical composition and usually ofdefinite crystal structure, but sometimes alsoincluding rocks formed by these substances aswell as certain natural products of organic origin,such as asphalt and coal. (2) Any substance that isneither animal or vegetable.ml - millilitermm - millimeterMMC - Materiel Management CenterMolecule - The smallest portion of an elementor compound retaining or exhibiting all theproperties of the substance.MOPP - mission-oriented protection postureMOS - military occupational specialty

Most Probable Number - (1) The best estimate,according to statistical theory, of the number ofcoliform (intestinal) organisms present in 100 mlof a water sample. (2) In the testing of bacterialdensity by the dilution method, that number oforganisms per unit volume which, in accordancewith statistical theory, would be more likely thanany other possible number to yield the observedtest result or which would yield the observed test

result with the greatest frequency.density of organisms per 100 ml.MP - military police

Expressed as

MPC - maximum permissible concentrationmph - miles per hourmr/h - milliroentgens per hourMSR - main supply routeMud Balls - The end results of the cementingtogether of sand grains in a filter bed by gelatinousmaterial, such as a coagulant. They may vary insize from a pea to 1 to 2 inches in diameter.

NA - not applicableNBC - nuclear, biological, and chemicalNCOIC - noncommissioned officer in chargeNCOs - noncommissioned officersNonpotable Water - Water that has not beenexamined, properly treated, and approved by appro-priate authorities as being safe for soldiers’ con-sumption. All waters are considered nonpotableuntil declared potable.NSN - national stock numberNTU - nephelometric turbidity unitNW - nuclear warfare

Organic - (1) Characteristic of, pertaining to, orderived from living organisms. (2) Pertaining to aclass of chemical compounds containing carbon.Osmosis - The passage of a liquid from a weaksolution to a more concentrated solution across asemipermeable membrane. The membrane allowsthe passage of the water (solvent) but not thedissolved solids (solutes). This process tends toequalize the conditions of either side of themembrane.

Palatable Water - Water that is pleasing to thetaste and significantly free from color, turbidity,taste, and odor. Does not imply potability.PAM - pamphletParticulate - A very small solid suspended inwater which can vary widely in size, shape,density, and electrical charge. Colloidal anddispersed particulate are artificially gatheredtogether by the processes of coagulation andflocculation.

Glossary-6

FM 10-52-1

pCi/lPD -

- Picocuri per literphenyldichlorarsine

Peak Demand - The maximum load placed on awater system. This is usually the maximum aver-age load over a period of time such as peak hourlydemand, peak daily demand, or instantaneouspeak demand.Permeability - The property of a material whichpermits appreciable movement of water through itwhen saturated and actuated by hydrostatic pres-sure of the magnitude normally encounteredin natural subsurface water. Perviousness issometimes used in the same sense as permeability.The rate of permeability is measured by the quan-tity of water passing through a unit cross sectionin a unit time when the gradient of the energyhead is unity.pH - potential hydrogenpH - A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of asolution. A value of seven is neutral; low numbersare acid, large numbers are alkaline. Strictlyspeaking, pH is the negative logarithm of thehydrogen-ion concentration.Picocuri (pCi) - That quantity of radioactivematerial producing 2.22 nuclear transformationsper minute.Plate Count - An estimate of the number ofbacteria in a specified amount of sample whichwill grow at a certain temperature in a givenperiod of incubation.PMCS - preventive maintenance checks andservicesPOL - petroleum, oils, and lubricantsPollution - The addition of sewage, industrialwastes, or other harmful or objectionable materialto water. A general term that does not necessarilysignify the presence of disease-producing bacteria.Polyelectrolyte - A high-molecular-weight(relatively heavy) substance having points ofpositive or negative electrical charges that isformed by either natural or man-made processes.Natural polyelectrolytes maybe of biological ori-gin or derived from starch products and cellulosederivatives. Man-made polyelectrolytes consist ofsimple substances that have been made into com-plex, high-molecular-weight substances. Usedwith other chemical coagulant to aid in bindingsmall suspended particles to larger chemical floes

for their removal from water. Often called apolymer.Polymer - A chemical formed by the union ofmany monomers (a molecule of low molecularweight). Polymers are used with other chemicalcoagulant to aid in binding small suspendedparticles to larger chemical floes for their removalfrom water. All polyelectrolytes are polymers, butnot all polymers are polyelectrolytes.

Polymer, Anionic - A polymer having nega-tively charged groups of ions; often used as a filteraid and for dewatering sludges.

Polymer, Cationic - A polymer having posi-tively charged groups of ions; often used as acoagulant aid.

Polymer, Nonionic - A polymer that has no netelectrical charge.

Potable - (1) Water which does not contain anyobjectionable substances or pollution and is satis-factory for human consumption. (2) Water that isfree from disease-producing organisms, poisonoussubstances, chemical or biological agents, andradioactive contaminants which make it unfitfor human consumption and many other uses.Potable water may or may not be palatable.ppm - parts per million

Precipitate - To separate a substance, in thesolid form, from a solution. The substance in solidform which has been separated out.Precipitation - (1) The total measurable supplyof water received directly from clouds as rain,snow, hail, and sleet; usually expressed as depthin a day, month, or year; and designated as daily,monthly, or annual precipitation. (2) The processby which atmospheric moisture is discharged ontoa land or water surface. (3) The phenomenonwhich occurs when a substance held in solution ina liquid passes out of solution into solid form.Pressure - (1) The total load or force acting upona surface. (2) In hydraulics, the term when usedwithout qualifications usually means pressure perunit area (pounds per square inch or kilograms persquare centimeter) above local atmosphericpressure.

Priming - (1) The action of starting the flow in apump or siphon. (2) The first coat applied to asurface to prevent corrosion to protect the surface.

Glossary-7

FM 10-52-1

Product Water - This water is the product fromthe water treatment process and is ready to beconsumed (also called finished water).psi - pounds per square inchpsid - pounds per square inch differentialpsig - pounds per square inch gaugedPVC - polyvinyl chloridePVNTMED - preventive medicinePWS/DS - potable water storage and distri-bution systemQM - quartermaster

Rate of Flow - The volume of water per unit oftime which is passing a certain observation pointat a particular instant. Common expressions arecubic feet per second, gallons per minute, gallonsper day, and million gallons per day.Raw Water - Untreated water; usually thewater entering the first treatment unit of a waterpurification unit. Water used as a source of watersupply taken from a natural or impounded body ofwater, such as a stream, lake, pond, or groundwater aquifer.Reverse Osmosis - ‘The application of pressureto a concentrated solution which causes the pas-sage of a liquid from the concentrated solution to aweaker solution across a semipermeable mem-brane. The membrane allows the passage ofthe solvent (water) but not the dissolved solids(solutes). The liquid produced is a demineralizedwater.

RNA - ribonucleic acidRO - reverse osmosisROWPU - reverse osmosis water purificationunitRPM - revolutions per minuteRunoff - (1) In the general sense, that portion ofthe precipitation which is not absorbed by thedeep strata but finds its way into the streams aftermeeting the persistent demands of evapotrans-piration. (2) That part of the precipitation whichruns off the surface of a drainage area and reachesa stream or other body of water or a drain or sewer.

S2 - Intelligence Officer (US Army)S3 - Operations and Training Officer (US Army)

S&T - supply and transportSaturation - ‘The condition of a liquid when ithas taken into solution the maximum possiblequantity of a given substance at a given tempera-ture and pressure.Sedimentation - Process of subsidence anddeposition by gravity of suspended matter carriedby water or other liquids. Also called settling, it isusually accomplished by reducing the velocity offlow of the liquid below the point where it cantransport the suspended material.Sequestering Agent - A chemical that causesthe completing of certain phosphates withmetallic ions in solution so that the ions may nolonger be precipitated. Hexametaphosphates arean example.SGT - sergeantsig - signalSIGINT - signal intelligenceSMFTs - semitrailer mounted fabric tanksSolution - A gas, liquid, or solid dispersedhomogeneously in a gas, liquid, or solid.Solution Feeder - A feeder for dispensing achemical or other material in the liquid or dis-solved state to water at a rate controlled manuallyor automatically by the quantity of flow. Theconstant rate is usually volumetric.SP4 - Specialist 4Specific Capacity - The rate at which watermay be drawn from a formation through a well tocause a drawdown of a stipulated depth. The usualunits of measurement are gallons per minute perfoot and liters per minute per meter.Specific Gravity - Ratio of the weight of a unitvolume of a substance to an equal volume or waterunder standard conditions.Spring - A surface feature where water issuesfrom a rock or soil onto the land or into a body ofwater, the place of issuance being relativelyrestricted in size. Springs are classified in accor-dance with many criteria, including characterof water, geologic formation, or geographicallocation.STB - supertropical bleachSterilization - Destruction of all living organ-isms, usually by a chemical compound or heat.

Glossary-8

FM 10-52-1

Stratum - A geological term used to designate asingle bed or layer of rock which is more or lesshomogeneous in character.Suspended Solids - All visible material inwater which at the time of sampling is notdissolved and which can be removed by filtration.Suspension - A system consisting of small par-ticles kept dispersed by agitation or by molecularmotion in the surrounding water. The permanenceof suspension is dependent on the degree ofagitation and the size of particles. A colloid is aspecial kind of suspension.

TA - theater ArmyTAACOM - theater Army area commandTB MED - technical bulletin medicalTDS - total dissolved solidsTEMPER - tent, expandable, modular, personnelTemperature - (1) The thermal state of a sub-stance with respect to its ability to communicateheat to its environment. (2) The measure of thethermal state on the arbitrarily chosen numericalscale, usually centigrade or Fahrenheit.TM - technical manualTOE - table of organization and equipmentTON - threshold odor numberTotal Dissolved Solids - All of the dissolvedsolids in a water. TDS is measured on a sample ofwater that has passed through a very fine meshfilter to remove suspended solids. The waterpassing through the filter is evaporated and theresidue represents the dissolved solids.TRADOC - United States Army Training andDoctrine CommandTreated Water - Water that has undergoneprocessing such as sedimentation, filtration,softening, or disinfection and is ready for con-sumption. Included is purchased potable waterwhich is retreated (chlorinated or fluoridated).Does not imply potability until inspected byPVNTMED personnel and approved by the com-mand surgeon.Turbidity - (1) A condition in water caused bythe presence of suspended matter resulting in thescattering and absorption of light rays. (2) Ameasure of fine suspended matter in liquids. (3) An

analytical quantity usually reported in arbitraryturbidity units determined by measurements oflight diffraction.Turbidity Units - Turbidity units are a measureof the cloudiness of water. If measured by anephelometric (deflected light) instrumental pro-cedure, turbidity units are expressed in nephelo-metric turbidity units (NTU) or simply TU. Thoseturbidity units obtained by visual methods areexpressed in Jackson turbidity units (JTU) whichare a measure of the cloudiness of water. They areused to indicate the clarity of water. There is noreal connection between NTUs and JTUs. TheJackson Turbidimeter is a visual method and thenephelometer is an instrumental method based ondeflected light.TWDS - tactical water distribution systems

uCi/l - microcuries per literUS - United StatesUSEPA - United States Environmental Protec-tion Agency

VA - VirginiaVAC - volts alternating currentVDC - volts direct currentVector - An insect or other organism that carriesand transmits a pathogenic amoeba, bacterium,fungus, virus, or worm.Virus - The smallest (10 to 300 millimicrons indiameter) form capable of producing infection anddiseases in humans or other large species. The trueviruses are insensitive to antibiotics. They mul-tiply only in living cells where they are assembledas complex macromolecules using the cells’biochemical systems. They do not multiply bydivision as do intracellular bacteria.VX - binary nerve agent

Water - A chemical compound consisting of twoparts of hydrogen and one part of oxygen andusually having other solid, gaseous, or liquidmaterials in solution or suspension.Water-Bearing Formation - A term, more orless relative, used to designate a geological for-mation that contains considerable ground water.It is usually applied to formations from which theground water may be extracted by pumping.

Glossary-9

FM 10-52-1

Water Quality - The chemical, physical, andbiological characteristics of water with respect toits suitability for a particular purpose. The samewater may be of good quality for one purpose oruse and bad for another, depending on its character-istics and the requirements for the particular use.Water Table - The upper surface of a zone ofsaturation (in ground water) where the aquifer isnot confined by an overlying impermeableformation.Well - An artificial excavation that deriveswater from the interstices of the rocks or soilwhich it penetrates.

Well, Artesian - A well tapping a confined orartesian aquifer in which the static water levelstands above the bottom of the confining bed andthe top of the aquifer. The term is used to includeall wells tapping such basins or aquifers. Those inwhich the head is insufficient to raise the water toor above the land surface are called subartesianwells.WQAS-E - water quality analysis setWQAU - water quality analysis unit

- engineer

Glossary-10

FM 10-52-1

References

SOURCES USEDThese are the sources quoted or paraphrased in this publication.

Joint and Multiservice PublicationsTM 5-545. Geology. 8 July 1971.TM 5-660. Maintenance and Operation of Water Supply, Treatment, and DistributionSystems. AFR 91-26. NAVFAC MO-210. 30 August 1984.TM 5-665. Operations and Maintenance of Domestic and Industrial Waste water Systems.AFR 91-15. NAVFAC MO-212. 1 January 1982.

Army PublicationsBelvoir Research, Development & Engineering Center Report 2438, “Nuclear, Biological,and Chemical (NBC) Contamination Threat to Army Field Water Supplies.“ January 1987.DA Pamphlet 738-750. The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS).31 October 1989.FM 3-5. NBC Decontamination. 24 June 1985.FM 3-100. NBC Operations. 17 September 1985.FM 5-20. Camouflage. 20 May 1968,FM 5-166. Well Drilling Operations. 30 June 1975.FM 10-52. Water Supply in Theaters of Operations. 11 July 1990.FM 21-10. Field Hygiene and Sanitation. 22 November 1988.QM Subcourse 5082. Plan and Organize the Layout of a Tactical Water DistributionSystem (TWDS).*STANAG 2885. Procedures for the Treatment, Acceptability and Provision of PotableWater in the Field. 27 October 1982.TB MED 577. Occupational and Environmental Health: Sanitary Control and Surveil-lance of Field Water Supplies. 7 March 1986.TM 5-4320-208-12&P. Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual IncludingRepair Parts and Special Tools List for Pump, Centrifugal; Gasoline Engine Driven;Frame Mtd, 2-Inch, 125 GPM, 50 Foot Head. 10 September 1982TM 5-4320-226-14. Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support, and General SupportMaintenance Manual for Pumping Assembly, Diesel Engine Driven, Wheel Mtd, 350 GPH,275 Ft Head. 15 August 1984.TM 5-4320-301-13&P. Operator’s, Organizational, and Direct Support MaintenanceManual (Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) Forward Area Water Point SupplySystem. 6 January 1980.

*Standardization agreement is available from Commanding Officer, Naval Publication and Forms Center,ATTN: NPFC106, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120-5099.

References-1

FM 10-52-1

TM 5-4320-303-10. Operator’s Manual for Tactical Water Distribution Equipment System(TWDS) Set, 10-Mile Segment. 14 April 1986.TM 5-4320-304-14. Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support and General SupportMaintenance Manual, Pump Unit, Centrifugal, Self-Priming, 125 GPM, Class 3, DieselDriven. 16 September 1987.TM 5-4320-309-14. Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support, and General Support forPump Unit, Centrifugal, Self-Priming, 125 GPH, Class 3, Diesel-Driven. 22 January 1990.TM 5-4610-215-10. Operator’s Manual for Water Purification Unit, Reverse Osmosis;600 GPH, Trailer Mtd, Flatbed Cargo, 5- Ton, 4- Wheel Tandem, Model RO WPU 600-1 and600 GPH Skid Mounted Model RO WPU 600-3.15 May 1987.TM 5-4610-229-10. Operator’s Manual for Water Purification Unit, Reverse Osmosis;150,000 GPD, Skid-Mounted. 14 April 1986.TM 5-4610-232-12. Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual, Water Purifi-cation Unit, Reverse Osmosis, 3,000 GPH, Trailer Mounted, Flatbed Cargo, 22 1/2 Ton8 Wheel Tandem. (Projected publication date–June 1991)TM 5-4610-233-13&P. Operator, Unit, and Intermediate Direct Support MaintenanceManual (Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) for Water PurificationHypochlorination Unit, Frame Mounted, Automatically Controlled, 350 GPM, Model 1955-3.12 April 1990.TM 5-4610-234-13. Operator’s, Unit, and Direct Support Maintenance Manual for 40,000Gallon Water Distribution System. 10 August 1990.TM 5-5430-212-13&P. Operator, Organizational, and Direct Support Maintenance Manual;Tank, 5,000 Gallon Fabric, Collapsible, Potable Water, Semi-Trailer Mounted.15 September 1986.TM 5-5430-213-13&P. Operator and Organizational Maintenance Manual for Tank,3,000 Gallon, Fabric, Collapsible, Potable Water, Semi- Trailer Mounted. 27 October 1986.TM 5-5430-225-12&P. Operator’s and Unit Maintenance Manual (Including Repair Partsand Special Tools List) for Tank, Fabric, Collapsible, Air Column Supported, Open Top,Water Storage, 3,000 Gallon. 18 August 1988.TM 5-6115-465-12. Operator’s and Organization Maintenance Manual for Generator Set,Diesel Engine Driven, Tactical Skid Mounted, 30 K W, 3 Phase, 4 Wire, 120/208 and 240/416V Utility Class, 50/60 HZ, Precise Class, 50/60 HZ, Precise Class, 400HZ, IncludingAuxiliary Equipment. 31 January 1975.TM 9-2330-267-14&P. Operator ‘s, Organizational, Direct Support, and General SupportMaintenance Manual (Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List) for Trailer, Tank,Potable Water, 400 Gallons, 1 1/2-Ton, 2-Wheel, M149, M149A1, M149A2, and M625.23 February 1981.TM 10-8110-201-14&P. Operator’s, Organizational, Direct Support and General SupportMaintenance Manual Including Repair Parts and Special Tools List for Drums, Fabric,Collapsible, Non-vented; 500 Gallon, Liquid Fuel; 250 Gallon, Potable Water, and55 Gallon, Potable Water. 10 February 1983.

Nonmilitary PublicationsMemtec American Corporation. Wound and Pleated Cartridge Filter Selection Guide,Bulletin 1991-G. Timonium, MD. 1985.

References-2

FM 10-52-1

DOCUMENTS NEEDEDThese documents must be available to the intended users of this publication.DA Form 1712-R. Water Reconnaissance Report. May 1991.DA Form 1713-R. Daily Water Production Log-RO WPU. May 19911.DA Form 1714-R. Daily Water Issue Log. May 1991.DA Form 1714-1-R. Daily Water Distribution Log. May 1991.DA Form 2028. Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms. February 1974.

References-3

FM 10-52-1

Index

Index-1

FM 10-52-1

Index-2

FM 10-52-1

Index-3

FM 10-52-1

Index-4

FM 10-52-1

Index-5

FM 10-52-1

FM 10-52-118 JUNE 1991

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

CARL E. VUONOGeneral, United States Army

Chief of Staff

Official:

PATRICIA P. HICKERSONBrigadier General, United States Army

The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:Active Army, USAR, and ARNG: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-11-E, requirements forFM 10-52-1, Commander’s Handbook for Water Usage in Desert Operations (Qty rqr block no. 0876).

✰ U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE : 1994 0- 300-421 (PO. 02326)